Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in zfs
      1 /*
      2  * CDDL HEADER START
      3  *
      4  * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
      5  * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
      6  * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
      7  *
      8  * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
      9  * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
     10  * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
     11  * and limitations under the License.
     12  *
     13  * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
     14  * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
     15  * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
     16  * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
     17  * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
     18  *
     19  * CDDL HEADER END
     20  */
     21 
     22 /*
     23  * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
     24  * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
     25  * Copyright (c) 2015, Nexenta Systems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
     26  * Copyright (c) 2013 Martin Matuska <mm (at) FreeBSD.org>. All rights reserved.
     27  * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
     28  * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
     29  * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
     30  * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome (at) me.com>
     31  */
     32 
     33 /*
     34  * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
     35  *
     36  * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
     37  * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
     38  * pool.
     39  */
     40 
     41 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
     42 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
     43 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
     44 #include <sys/zio.h>
     45 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
     46 #include <sys/dmu.h>
     47 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
     48 #include <sys/zap.h>
     49 #include <sys/zil.h>
     50 #include <sys/ddt.h>
     51 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
     52 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
     53 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
     54 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
     55 #include <sys/txg.h>
     56 #include <sys/avl.h>
     57 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
     58 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
     59 #include <sys/unique.h>
     60 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
     61 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
     62 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
     63 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
     64 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
     65 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
     66 #include <sys/arc.h>
     67 #include <sys/callb.h>
     68 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
     69 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
     70 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
     71 #include <sys/dmu_send.h>
     72 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
     73 #include <sys/dsl_userhold.h>
     74 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
     75 #include <sys/zvol.h>
     76 #include <sys/trim_map.h>
     77 
     78 #ifdef	_KERNEL
     79 #include <sys/callb.h>
     80 #ifndef __NetBSD__
     81 #include <sys/cpupart.h>
     82 #endif
     83 #include <sys/zone.h>
     84 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
     85 
     86 #include "zfs_prop.h"
     87 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
     88 
     89 /* Check hostid on import? */
     90 static int check_hostid = 1;
     91 
     92 /*
     93  * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
     94  * should be retried.
     95  */
     96 static int zfs_ccw_retry_interval = 300;
     97 
     98 SYSCTL_DECL(_vfs_zfs);
     99 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, check_hostid, CTLFLAG_RWTUN, &check_hostid, 0,
    100     "Check hostid on import?");
    101 TUNABLE_INT("vfs.zfs.ccw_retry_interval", &zfs_ccw_retry_interval);
    102 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, ccw_retry_interval, CTLFLAG_RW,
    103     &zfs_ccw_retry_interval, 0,
    104     "Configuration cache file write, retry after failure, interval (seconds)");
    105 
    106 typedef enum zti_modes {
    107 	ZTI_MODE_FIXED,			/* value is # of threads (min 1) */
    108 	ZTI_MODE_BATCH,			/* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
    109 	ZTI_MODE_NULL,			/* don't create a taskq */
    110 	ZTI_NMODES
    111 } zti_modes_t;
    112 
    113 #define	ZTI_P(n, q)	{ ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
    114 #define	ZTI_BATCH	{ ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
    115 #define	ZTI_NULL	{ ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
    116 
    117 #define	ZTI_N(n)	ZTI_P(n, 1)
    118 #define	ZTI_ONE		ZTI_N(1)
    119 
    120 typedef struct zio_taskq_info {
    121 	zti_modes_t zti_mode;
    122 	uint_t zti_value;
    123 	uint_t zti_count;
    124 } zio_taskq_info_t;
    125 
    126 static const char *const zio_taskq_types[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
    127 	"issue", "issue_high", "intr", "intr_high"
    128 };
    129 
    130 /*
    131  * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
    132  * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
    133  * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
    134  * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
    135  * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
    136  * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
    137  * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a a
    138  * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
    139  * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
    140  * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
    141  * particular taskq is chosen at random.
    142  *
    143  * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
    144  * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
    145  * need to be handled with minimum delay.
    146  */
    147 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs[ZIO_TYPES][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
    148 	/* ISSUE	ISSUE_HIGH	INTR		INTR_HIGH */
    149 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* NULL */
    150 	{ ZTI_N(8),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_P(12, 8),	ZTI_NULL }, /* READ */
    151 	{ ZTI_BATCH,	ZTI_N(5),	ZTI_N(8),	ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
    152 	{ ZTI_P(12, 8),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* FREE */
    153 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* CLAIM */
    154 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* IOCTL */
    155 };
    156 
    157 static sysevent_t *spa_event_create(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, const char *name);
    158 static void spa_event_post(sysevent_t *ev);
    159 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
    160 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
    161 static boolean_t spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa);
    162 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t, nvlist_t *config,
    163     spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type, boolean_t mosconfig,
    164     char **ereport);
    165 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa);
    166 
    167 uint_t		zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75;	/* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
    168 #ifdef PSRSET_BIND
    169 id_t		zio_taskq_psrset_bind = PS_NONE;
    170 #endif
    171 #ifdef SYSDC
    172 boolean_t	zio_taskq_sysdc = B_TRUE;	/* use SDC scheduling class */
    173 uint_t		zio_taskq_basedc = 80;		/* base duty cycle */
    174 #endif
    175 
    176 boolean_t	spa_create_process = B_TRUE;	/* no process ==> no sysdc */
    177 extern int	zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free;
    178 
    179 /*
    180  * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
    181  * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
    182  */
    183 #define	TRYIMPORT_NAME	"$import"
    184 
    185 /*
    186  * ==========================================================================
    187  * SPA properties routines
    188  * ==========================================================================
    189  */
    190 
    191 /*
    192  * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
    193  */
    194 static void
    195 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t *nvl, zpool_prop_t prop, char *strval,
    196     uint64_t intval, zprop_source_t src)
    197 {
    198 	const char *propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
    199 	nvlist_t *propval;
    200 
    201 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
    202 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_SOURCE, src) == 0);
    203 
    204 	if (strval != NULL)
    205 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, strval) == 0);
    206 	else
    207 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, intval) == 0);
    208 
    209 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl, propname, propval) == 0);
    210 	nvlist_free(propval);
    211 }
    212 
    213 /*
    214  * Get property values from the spa configuration.
    215  */
    216 static void
    217 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
    218 {
    219 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
    220 	dsl_pool_t *pool = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
    221 	uint64_t size, alloc, cap, version;
    222 	zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_NONE;
    223 	spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
    224 	metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa);
    225 
    226 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_props_lock));
    227 
    228 	if (rvd != NULL) {
    229 		alloc = metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_normal_class(spa));
    230 		size = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
    231 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME, spa_name(spa), 0, src);
    232 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE, NULL, size, src);
    233 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED, NULL, alloc, src);
    234 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE, NULL,
    235 		    size - alloc, src);
    236 
    237 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION, NULL,
    238 		    metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc), src);
    239 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ, NULL,
    240 		    metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc), src);
    241 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY, NULL,
    242 		    (spa_mode(spa) == FREAD), src);
    243 
    244 		cap = (size == 0) ? 0 : (alloc * 100 / size);
    245 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY, NULL, cap, src);
    246 
    247 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO, NULL,
    248 		    ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa), src);
    249 
    250 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH, NULL,
    251 		    rvd->vdev_state, src);
    252 
    253 		version = spa_version(spa);
    254 		if (version == zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION))
    255 			src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
    256 		else
    257 			src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
    258 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION, NULL, version, src);
    259 	}
    260 
    261 	if (pool != NULL) {
    262 		/*
    263 		 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
    264 		 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
    265 		 */
    266 		if (pool->dp_free_dir != NULL) {
    267 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING, NULL,
    268 			    dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_free_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
    269 			    src);
    270 		} else {
    271 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING,
    272 			    NULL, 0, src);
    273 		}
    274 
    275 		if (pool->dp_leak_dir != NULL) {
    276 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED, NULL,
    277 			    dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_leak_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
    278 			    src);
    279 		} else {
    280 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED,
    281 			    NULL, 0, src);
    282 		}
    283 	}
    284 
    285 	spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID, NULL, spa_guid(spa), src);
    286 
    287 	if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
    288 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT, spa->spa_comment,
    289 		    0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
    290 	}
    291 
    292 	if (spa->spa_root != NULL)
    293 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT, spa->spa_root,
    294 		    0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
    295 
    296 	if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS)) {
    297 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
    298 		    MIN(zfs_max_recordsize, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE), ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
    299 	} else {
    300 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
    301 		    SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
    302 	}
    303 
    304 	if ((dp = list_head(&spa->spa_config_list)) != NULL) {
    305 		if (dp->scd_path == NULL) {
    306 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
    307 			    "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
    308 		} else if (strcmp(dp->scd_path, spa_config_path) != 0) {
    309 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
    310 			    dp->scd_path, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
    311 		}
    312 	}
    313 }
    314 
    315 /*
    316  * Get zpool property values.
    317  */
    318 int
    319 spa_prop_get(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
    320 {
    321 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
    322 	zap_cursor_t zc;
    323 	zap_attribute_t za;
    324 	int err;
    325 
    326 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(nvp, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
    327 
    328 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
    329 
    330 	/*
    331 	 * Get properties from the spa config.
    332 	 */
    333 	spa_prop_get_config(spa, nvp);
    334 
    335 	/* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
    336 	if (mos == NULL || spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
    337 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
    338 		return (0);
    339 	}
    340 
    341 	/*
    342 	 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
    343 	 */
    344 	for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object);
    345 	    (err = zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za)) == 0;
    346 	    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
    347 		uint64_t intval = 0;
    348 		char *strval = NULL;
    349 		zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
    350 		zpool_prop_t prop;
    351 
    352 		if ((prop = zpool_name_to_prop(za.za_name)) == ZPROP_INVAL)
    353 			continue;
    354 
    355 		switch (za.za_integer_length) {
    356 		case 8:
    357 			/* integer property */
    358 			if (za.za_first_integer !=
    359 			    zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop))
    360 				src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
    361 
    362 			if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS) {
    363 				dsl_pool_t *dp;
    364 				dsl_dataset_t *ds = NULL;
    365 
    366 				dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
    367 				dsl_pool_config_enter(dp, FTAG);
    368 				if (err = dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp,
    369 				    za.za_first_integer, FTAG, &ds)) {
    370 					dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
    371 					break;
    372 				}
    373 
    374 				strval = kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN,
    375 				    KM_SLEEP);
    376 				dsl_dataset_name(ds, strval);
    377 				dsl_dataset_rele(ds, FTAG);
    378 				dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
    379 			} else {
    380 				strval = NULL;
    381 				intval = za.za_first_integer;
    382 			}
    383 
    384 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, intval, src);
    385 
    386 			if (strval != NULL)
    387 				kmem_free(strval, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN);
    388 
    389 			break;
    390 
    391 		case 1:
    392 			/* string property */
    393 			strval = kmem_alloc(za.za_num_integers, KM_SLEEP);
    394 			err = zap_lookup(mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
    395 			    za.za_name, 1, za.za_num_integers, strval);
    396 			if (err) {
    397 				kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
    398 				break;
    399 			}
    400 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, 0, src);
    401 			kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
    402 			break;
    403 
    404 		default:
    405 			break;
    406 		}
    407 	}
    408 	zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
    409 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
    410 out:
    411 	if (err && err != ENOENT) {
    412 		nvlist_free(*nvp);
    413 		*nvp = NULL;
    414 		return (err);
    415 	}
    416 
    417 	return (0);
    418 }
    419 
    420 /*
    421  * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
    422  * for the property values to be set.
    423  */
    424 static int
    425 spa_prop_validate(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *props)
    426 {
    427 	nvpair_t *elem;
    428 	int error = 0, reset_bootfs = 0;
    429 	uint64_t objnum = 0;
    430 	boolean_t has_feature = B_FALSE;
    431 
    432 	elem = NULL;
    433 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) != NULL) {
    434 		uint64_t intval;
    435 		char *strval, *slash, *check, *fname;
    436 		const char *propname = nvpair_name(elem);
    437 		zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(propname);
    438 
    439 		switch (prop) {
    440 		case ZPROP_INVAL:
    441 			if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname)) {
    442 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
    443 				break;
    444 			}
    445 
    446 			/*
    447 			 * Sanitize the input.
    448 			 */
    449 			if (nvpair_type(elem) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
    450 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
    451 				break;
    452 			}
    453 
    454 			if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval) != 0) {
    455 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
    456 				break;
    457 			}
    458 
    459 			if (intval != 0) {
    460 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
    461 				break;
    462 			}
    463 
    464 			fname = strchr(propname, '@') + 1;
    465 			if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname, NULL) != 0) {
    466 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
    467 				break;
    468 			}
    469 
    470 			has_feature = B_TRUE;
    471 			break;
    472 
    473 		case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
    474 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
    475 			if (!error &&
    476 			    (intval < spa_version(spa) ||
    477 			    intval > SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES ||
    478 			    has_feature))
    479 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
    480 			break;
    481 
    482 		case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
    483 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE:
    484 		case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS:
    485 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
    486 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
    487 			if (!error && intval > 1)
    488 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
    489 			break;
    490 
    491 		case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
    492 			/*
    493 			 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
    494 			 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
    495 			 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
    496 			 */
    497 			if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS) {
    498 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
    499 				break;
    500 			}
    501 
    502 			/*
    503 			 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
    504 			 */
    505 			if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa->spa_root_vdev)) {
    506 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
    507 				break;
    508 			}
    509 
    510 			reset_bootfs = 1;
    511 
    512 			error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval);
    513 
    514 			if (!error) {
    515 				objset_t *os;
    516 				uint64_t propval;
    517 
    518 				if (strval == NULL || strval[0] == '\0') {
    519 					objnum = zpool_prop_default_numeric(
    520 					    ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
    521 					break;
    522 				}
    523 
    524 				if (error = dmu_objset_hold(strval, FTAG, &os))
    525 					break;
    526 
    527 				/*
    528 				 * Must be ZPL, and its property settings
    529 				 * must be supported by GRUB (compression
    530 				 * is not gzip, and large blocks are not used).
    531 				 */
    532 
    533 				if (dmu_objset_type(os) != DMU_OST_ZFS) {
    534 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
    535 				} else if ((error =
    536 				    dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os),
    537 				    zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_COMPRESSION),
    538 				    &propval)) == 0 &&
    539 				    !BOOTFS_COMPRESS_VALID(propval)) {
    540 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
    541 				} else {
    542 					objnum = dmu_objset_id(os);
    543 				}
    544 				dmu_objset_rele(os, FTAG);
    545 			}
    546 			break;
    547 
    548 		case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
    549 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
    550 			if (!error && (intval < ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_WAIT ||
    551 			    intval > ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC))
    552 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
    553 
    554 			/*
    555 			 * This is a special case which only occurs when
    556 			 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
    557 			 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
    558 			 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
    559 			 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
    560 			 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
    561 			 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
    562 			 * error.
    563 			 */
    564 			if (!error && spa_suspended(spa)) {
    565 				spa->spa_failmode = intval;
    566 				error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
    567 			}
    568 			break;
    569 
    570 		case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
    571 			if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
    572 				break;
    573 
    574 			if (strval[0] == '\0')
    575 				break;
    576 
    577 			if (strcmp(strval, "none") == 0)
    578 				break;
    579 
    580 			if (strval[0] != '/') {
    581 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
    582 				break;
    583 			}
    584 
    585 			slash = strrchr(strval, '/');
    586 			ASSERT(slash != NULL);
    587 
    588 			if (slash[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash, "/.") == 0 ||
    589 			    strcmp(slash, "/..") == 0)
    590 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
    591 			break;
    592 
    593 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
    594 			if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
    595 				break;
    596 			for (check = strval; *check != '\0'; check++) {
    597 				/*
    598 				 * The kernel doesn't have an easy isprint()
    599 				 * check.  For this kernel check, we merely
    600 				 * check ASCII apart from DEL.  Fix this if
    601 				 * there is an easy-to-use kernel isprint().
    602 				 */
    603 				if (*check >= 0x7f) {
    604 					error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
    605 					break;
    606 				}
    607 			}
    608 			if (strlen(strval) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT)
    609 				error = E2BIG;
    610 			break;
    611 
    612 		case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
    613 			if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_DEDUP)
    614 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
    615 			else
    616 				error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
    617 			if (error == 0 &&
    618 			    intval != 0 && intval < ZIO_DEDUPDITTO_MIN)
    619 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
    620 			break;
    621 		}
    622 
    623 		if (error)
    624 			break;
    625 	}
    626 
    627 	if (!error && reset_bootfs) {
    628 		error = nvlist_remove(props,
    629 		    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), DATA_TYPE_STRING);
    630 
    631 		if (!error) {
    632 			error = nvlist_add_uint64(props,
    633 			    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), objnum);
    634 		}
    635 	}
    636 
    637 	return (error);
    638 }
    639 
    640 void
    641 spa_configfile_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp, boolean_t need_sync)
    642 {
    643 	char *cachefile;
    644 	spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
    645 
    646 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE),
    647 	    &cachefile) != 0)
    648 		return;
    649 
    650 	dp = kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t),
    651 	    KM_SLEEP);
    652 
    653 	if (cachefile[0] == '\0')
    654 		dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(spa_config_path);
    655 	else if (strcmp(cachefile, "none") == 0)
    656 		dp->scd_path = NULL;
    657 	else
    658 		dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(cachefile);
    659 
    660 	list_insert_head(&spa->spa_config_list, dp);
    661 	if (need_sync)
    662 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
    663 }
    664 
    665 int
    666 spa_prop_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp)
    667 {
    668 	int error;
    669 	nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
    670 	boolean_t need_sync = B_FALSE;
    671 
    672 	if ((error = spa_prop_validate(spa, nvp)) != 0)
    673 		return (error);
    674 
    675 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem)) != NULL) {
    676 		zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem));
    677 
    678 		if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE ||
    679 		    prop == ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT ||
    680 		    prop == ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY)
    681 			continue;
    682 
    683 		if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION || prop == ZPROP_INVAL) {
    684 			uint64_t ver;
    685 
    686 			if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION) {
    687 				VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &ver) == 0);
    688 			} else {
    689 				ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
    690 				ver = SPA_VERSION_FEATURES;
    691 				need_sync = B_TRUE;
    692 			}
    693 
    694 			/* Save time if the version is already set. */
    695 			if (ver == spa_version(spa))
    696 				continue;
    697 
    698 			/*
    699 			 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
    700 			 * create the pool properties object, the features for
    701 			 * read object, the features for write object, or the
    702 			 * feature descriptions object.
    703 			 */
    704 			error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL,
    705 			    spa_sync_version, &ver,
    706 			    6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
    707 			if (error)
    708 				return (error);
    709 			continue;
    710 		}
    711 
    712 		need_sync = B_TRUE;
    713 		break;
    714 	}
    715 
    716 	if (need_sync) {
    717 		return (dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL, spa_sync_props,
    718 		    nvp, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED));
    719 	}
    720 
    721 	return (0);
    722 }
    723 
    724 /*
    725  * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
    726  */
    727 void
    728 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t *spa, uint64_t dsobj, dmu_tx_t *tx)
    729 {
    730 	if (spa->spa_bootfs == dsobj && spa->spa_pool_props_object != 0) {
    731 		VERIFY(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
    732 		    spa->spa_pool_props_object,
    733 		    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), tx) == 0);
    734 		spa->spa_bootfs = 0;
    735 	}
    736 }
    737 
    738 /*ARGSUSED*/
    739 static int
    740 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
    741 {
    742 	uint64_t *newguid = arg;
    743 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
    744 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
    745 	uint64_t vdev_state;
    746 
    747 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
    748 	vdev_state = rvd->vdev_state;
    749 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
    750 
    751 	if (vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY)
    752 		return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
    753 
    754 	ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa), !=, *newguid);
    755 
    756 	return (0);
    757 }
    758 
    759 static void
    760 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
    761 {
    762 	uint64_t *newguid = arg;
    763 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
    764 	uint64_t oldguid;
    765 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
    766 
    767 	oldguid = spa_guid(spa);
    768 
    769 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
    770 	rvd->vdev_guid = *newguid;
    771 	rvd->vdev_guid_sum += (*newguid - oldguid);
    772 	vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
    773 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
    774 
    775 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "guid change", tx, "old=%llu new=%llu",
    776 	    oldguid, *newguid);
    777 }
    778 
    779 /*
    780  * Change the GUID for the pool.  This is done so that we can later
    781  * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs.  We will modify
    782  * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
    783  * vdevs dirty.  Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
    784  * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
    785  * would be orphaned from our pool.  We are also going to issue a
    786  * sysevent to update any watchers.
    787  */
    788 int
    789 spa_change_guid(spa_t *spa)
    790 {
    791 	int error;
    792 	uint64_t guid;
    793 
    794 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
    795 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
    796 	guid = spa_generate_guid(NULL);
    797 
    798 	error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, spa_change_guid_check,
    799 	    spa_change_guid_sync, &guid, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
    800 
    801 	if (error == 0) {
    802 		spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
    803 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID);
    804 	}
    805 
    806 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
    807 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
    808 
    809 	return (error);
    810 }
    811 
    812 /*
    813  * ==========================================================================
    814  * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
    815  * ==========================================================================
    816  */
    817 
    818 static int
    819 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
    820 {
    821 	spa_error_entry_t *sa = (spa_error_entry_t *)a;
    822 	spa_error_entry_t *sb = (spa_error_entry_t *)b;
    823 	int ret;
    824 
    825 	ret = bcmp(&sa->se_bookmark, &sb->se_bookmark,
    826 	    sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t));
    827 
    828 	if (ret < 0)
    829 		return (-1);
    830 	else if (ret > 0)
    831 		return (1);
    832 	else
    833 		return (0);
    834 }
    835 
    836 /*
    837  * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
    838  * re-initializes them in the process.
    839  */
    840 void
    841 spa_get_errlists(spa_t *spa, avl_tree_t *last, avl_tree_t *scrub)
    842 {
    843 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_errlist_lock));
    844 
    845 	bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_last, last, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
    846 	bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, scrub, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
    847 
    848 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
    849 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
    850 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
    851 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
    852 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
    853 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
    854 }
    855 
    856 static void
    857 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
    858 {
    859 	const zio_taskq_info_t *ztip = &zio_taskqs[t][q];
    860 	enum zti_modes mode = ztip->zti_mode;
    861 	uint_t value = ztip->zti_value;
    862 	uint_t count = ztip->zti_count;
    863 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
    864 	char name[32];
    865 	uint_t flags = 0;
    866 	boolean_t batch = B_FALSE;
    867 
    868 	if (mode == ZTI_MODE_NULL) {
    869 		tqs->stqs_count = 0;
    870 		tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
    871 		return;
    872 	}
    873 
    874 	ASSERT3U(count, >, 0);
    875 
    876 	tqs->stqs_count = count;
    877 	tqs->stqs_taskq = kmem_alloc(count * sizeof (taskq_t *), KM_SLEEP);
    878 
    879 	switch (mode) {
    880 	case ZTI_MODE_FIXED:
    881 		ASSERT3U(value, >=, 1);
    882 		value = MAX(value, 1);
    883 		break;
    884 
    885 	case ZTI_MODE_BATCH:
    886 		batch = B_TRUE;
    887 		flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT;
    888 		value = zio_taskq_batch_pct;
    889 		break;
    890 
    891 	default:
    892 		panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
    893 		    "spa_activate()",
    894 		    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], mode, value);
    895 		break;
    896 	}
    897 
    898 	for (uint_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
    899 		taskq_t *tq;
    900 
    901 		if (count > 1) {
    902 			(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s_%u",
    903 			    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], i);
    904 		} else {
    905 			(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s",
    906 			    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q]);
    907 		}
    908 
    909 #ifdef SYSDC
    910 		if (zio_taskq_sysdc && spa->spa_proc != &p0) {
    911 			if (batch)
    912 				flags |= TASKQ_DC_BATCH;
    913 
    914 			tq = taskq_create_sysdc(name, value, 50, INT_MAX,
    915 			    spa->spa_proc, zio_taskq_basedc, flags);
    916 		} else {
    917 #endif
    918 			pri_t pri = maxclsyspri;
    919 			/*
    920 			 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
    921 			 * intensive.  Run it at slightly lower priority
    922 			 * than the other taskqs.
    923 			 * FreeBSD notes:
    924 			 * - numerically higher priorities are lower priorities;
    925 			 * - if priorities divided by four (RQ_PPQ) are equal
    926 			 *   then a difference between them is insignificant.
    927 			 */
    928 			if (t == ZIO_TYPE_WRITE && q == ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE)
    929 #if defined(illumos) || defined(__NetBSD__)
    930 				pri--;
    931 #else
    932 				pri += 4;
    933 #endif
    934 
    935 			tq = taskq_create_proc(name, value, pri, 50,
    936 			    INT_MAX, spa->spa_proc, flags);
    937 #ifdef SYSDC
    938 		}
    939 #endif
    940 
    941 		tqs->stqs_taskq[i] = tq;
    942 	}
    943 }
    944 
    945 static void
    946 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
    947 {
    948 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
    949 
    950 	if (tqs->stqs_taskq == NULL) {
    951 		ASSERT0(tqs->stqs_count);
    952 		return;
    953 	}
    954 
    955 	for (uint_t i = 0; i < tqs->stqs_count; i++) {
    956 		ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq[i], !=, NULL);
    957 		taskq_destroy(tqs->stqs_taskq[i]);
    958 	}
    959 
    960 	kmem_free(tqs->stqs_taskq, tqs->stqs_count * sizeof (taskq_t *));
    961 	tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
    962 }
    963 
    964 /*
    965  * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
    966  * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
    967  * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
    968  * the low bits of gethrtime().
    969  */
    970 void
    971 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q,
    972     task_func_t *func, void *arg, uint_t flags, taskq_ent_t *ent)
    973 {
    974 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
    975 	taskq_t *tq;
    976 
    977 	ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq, !=, NULL);
    978 	ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, !=, 0);
    979 
    980 	if (tqs->stqs_count == 1) {
    981 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[0];
    982 	} else {
    983 #if defined(__FreeBSD__) && defined(_KERNEL)
    984 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[cpu_ticks() % tqs->stqs_count];
    985 #else
    986 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[gethrtime() % tqs->stqs_count];
    987 #endif
    988 	}
    989 
    990 	taskq_dispatch_ent(tq, func, arg, flags, ent);
    991 }
    992 
    993 static void
    994 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t *spa)
    995 {
    996 	for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
    997 		for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
    998 			spa_taskqs_init(spa, t, q);
    999 		}
   1000 	}
   1001 }
   1002 
   1003 #ifdef _KERNEL
   1004 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
   1005 static void
   1006 spa_thread(void *arg)
   1007 {
   1008 	callb_cpr_t cprinfo;
   1009 
   1010 	spa_t *spa = arg;
   1011 	user_t *pu = PTOU(curproc);
   1012 
   1013 	CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock, callb_generic_cpr,
   1014 	    spa->spa_name);
   1015 
   1016 	ASSERT(curproc != &p0);
   1017 	(void) snprintf(pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_psargs),
   1018 	    "zpool-%s", spa->spa_name);
   1019 	(void) strlcpy(pu->u_comm, pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_comm));
   1020 
   1021 #ifdef PSRSET_BIND
   1022 	/* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
   1023 	if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind != PS_NONE) {
   1024 		pool_lock();
   1025 		mutex_enter(&cpu_lock);
   1026 		mutex_enter(&pidlock);
   1027 		mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
   1028 
   1029 		if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread, zio_taskq_psrset_bind,
   1030 		    0, NULL, NULL) == 0)  {
   1031 			curthread->t_bind_pset = zio_taskq_psrset_bind;
   1032 		} else {
   1033 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
   1034 			    "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
   1035 			    "pset %d\n", spa->spa_name, zio_taskq_psrset_bind);
   1036 		}
   1037 
   1038 		mutex_exit(&curproc->p_lock);
   1039 		mutex_exit(&pidlock);
   1040 		mutex_exit(&cpu_lock);
   1041 		pool_unlock();
   1042 	}
   1043 #endif
   1044 
   1045 #ifdef SYSDC
   1046 	if (zio_taskq_sysdc) {
   1047 		sysdc_thread_enter(curthread, 100, 0);
   1048 	}
   1049 #endif
   1050 
   1051 	spa->spa_proc = curproc;
   1052 	spa->spa_did = curthread->t_did;
   1053 
   1054 	spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
   1055 
   1056 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
   1057 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED);
   1058 
   1059 	spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_ACTIVE;
   1060 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
   1061 
   1062 	CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo);
   1063 	while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE)
   1064 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
   1065 	CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
   1066 
   1067 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE);
   1068 	spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_GONE;
   1069 	spa->spa_proc = &p0;
   1070 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
   1071 	CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo);	/* drops spa_proc_lock */
   1072 
   1073 	mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
   1074 	lwp_exit();
   1075 }
   1076 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
   1077 #endif
   1078 
   1079 /*
   1080  * Activate an uninitialized pool.
   1081  */
   1082 static void
   1083 spa_activate(spa_t *spa, int mode)
   1084 {
   1085 	ASSERT(spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
   1086 
   1087 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
   1088 	spa->spa_mode = mode;
   1089 
   1090 	spa->spa_normal_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
   1091 	spa->spa_log_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
   1092 
   1093 	/* Try to create a covering process */
   1094 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
   1095 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_NONE);
   1096 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
   1097 	spa->spa_did = 0;
   1098 
   1099 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
   1100 	/* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
   1101 	if (spa_create_process && strcmp(spa->spa_name, TRYIMPORT_NAME) != 0) {
   1102 		if (newproc(spa_thread, (caddr_t)spa, syscid, maxclsyspri,
   1103 		    NULL, 0) == 0) {
   1104 			spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_CREATED;
   1105 			while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED) {
   1106 				cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv,
   1107 				    &spa->spa_proc_lock);
   1108 			}
   1109 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
   1110 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
   1111 			ASSERT(spa->spa_did != 0);
   1112 		} else {
   1113 #ifdef _KERNEL
   1114 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
   1115 			    "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
   1116 			    spa->spa_name);
   1117 #endif
   1118 		}
   1119 	}
   1120 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
   1121 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
   1122 
   1123 	/* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
   1124 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
   1125 	if (spa->spa_proc == &p0) {
   1126 		spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
   1127 	}
   1128 
   1129 	/*
   1130 	 * Start TRIM thread.
   1131 	 */
   1132 	trim_thread_create(spa);
   1133 
   1134 	list_create(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
   1135 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_config_dirty_node));
   1136 	list_create(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list, sizeof (objset_t),
   1137 	    offsetof(objset_t, os_evicting_node));
   1138 	list_create(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
   1139 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_state_dirty_node));
   1140 
   1141 	txg_list_create(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list,
   1142 	    offsetof(struct vdev, vdev_txg_node));
   1143 
   1144 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
   1145 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
   1146 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
   1147 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
   1148 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
   1149 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
   1150 }
   1151 
   1152 /*
   1153  * Opposite of spa_activate().
   1154  */
   1155 static void
   1156 spa_deactivate(spa_t *spa)
   1157 {
   1158 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on == B_FALSE);
   1159 	ASSERT(spa->spa_dsl_pool == NULL);
   1160 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
   1161 	ASSERT(spa->spa_async_zio_root == NULL);
   1162 	ASSERT(spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
   1163 
   1164 	/*
   1165 	 * Stop TRIM thread in case spa_unload() wasn't called directly
   1166 	 * before spa_deactivate().
   1167 	 */
   1168 	trim_thread_destroy(spa);
   1169 
   1170 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
   1171 
   1172 	txg_list_destroy(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list);
   1173 
   1174 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list);
   1175 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list);
   1176 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list);
   1177 
   1178 	for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
   1179 		for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
   1180 			spa_taskqs_fini(spa, t, q);
   1181 		}
   1182 	}
   1183 
   1184 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_normal_class);
   1185 	spa->spa_normal_class = NULL;
   1186 
   1187 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_log_class);
   1188 	spa->spa_log_class = NULL;
   1189 
   1190 	/*
   1191 	 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
   1192 	 * still have errors left in the queues.  Empty them just in case.
   1193 	 */
   1194 	spa_errlog_drain(spa);
   1195 
   1196 	avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub);
   1197 	avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_last);
   1198 
   1199 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED;
   1200 
   1201 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
   1202 	if (spa->spa_proc_state != SPA_PROC_NONE) {
   1203 		ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
   1204 		spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE;
   1205 		cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
   1206 		while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE) {
   1207 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
   1208 			cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
   1209 		}
   1210 		ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_GONE);
   1211 		spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_NONE;
   1212 	}
   1213 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
   1214 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
   1215 
   1216 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
   1217 	/*
   1218 	 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
   1219 	 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
   1220 	 * it.
   1221 	 */
   1222 	if (spa->spa_did != 0) {
   1223 		thread_join(spa->spa_did);
   1224 		spa->spa_did = 0;
   1225 	}
   1226 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
   1227 }
   1228 
   1229 /*
   1230  * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately.  This
   1231  * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
   1232  * in the CLOSED state.  This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
   1233  * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
   1234  */
   1235 static int
   1236 spa_config_parse(spa_t *spa, vdev_t **vdp, nvlist_t *nv, vdev_t *parent,
   1237     uint_t id, int atype)
   1238 {
   1239 	nvlist_t **child;
   1240 	uint_t children;
   1241 	int error;
   1242 
   1243 	if ((error = vdev_alloc(spa, vdp, nv, parent, id, atype)) != 0)
   1244 		return (error);
   1245 
   1246 	if ((*vdp)->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
   1247 		return (0);
   1248 
   1249 	error = nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
   1250 	    &child, &children);
   1251 
   1252 	if (error == ENOENT)
   1253 		return (0);
   1254 
   1255 	if (error) {
   1256 		vdev_free(*vdp);
   1257 		*vdp = NULL;
   1258 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
   1259 	}
   1260 
   1261 	for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
   1262 		vdev_t *vd;
   1263 		if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, child[c], *vdp, c,
   1264 		    atype)) != 0) {
   1265 			vdev_free(*vdp);
   1266 			*vdp = NULL;
   1267 			return (error);
   1268 		}
   1269 	}
   1270 
   1271 	ASSERT(*vdp != NULL);
   1272 
   1273 	return (0);
   1274 }
   1275 
   1276 /*
   1277  * Opposite of spa_load().
   1278  */
   1279 static void
   1280 spa_unload(spa_t *spa)
   1281 {
   1282 	int i;
   1283 
   1284 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
   1285 
   1286 	/*
   1287 	 * Stop TRIM thread.
   1288 	 */
   1289 	trim_thread_destroy(spa);
   1290 
   1291 	/*
   1292 	 * Stop async tasks.
   1293 	 */
   1294 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
   1295 
   1296 	/*
   1297 	 * Stop syncing.
   1298 	 */
   1299 	if (spa->spa_sync_on) {
   1300 		txg_sync_stop(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
   1301 		spa->spa_sync_on = B_FALSE;
   1302 	}
   1303 
   1304 	/*
   1305 	 * Even though vdev_free() also calls vdev_metaslab_fini, we need
   1306 	 * to call it earlier, before we wait for async i/o to complete.
   1307 	 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching, by
   1308 	 * calling taskq_wait(mg_taskq).
   1309 	 */
   1310 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
   1311 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   1312 		for (int c = 0; c < spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_children; c++)
   1313 			vdev_metaslab_fini(spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]);
   1314 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   1315 	}
   1316 
   1317 	/*
   1318 	 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
   1319 	 */
   1320 	if (spa->spa_async_zio_root != NULL) {
   1321 		for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++)
   1322 			(void) zio_wait(spa->spa_async_zio_root[i]);
   1323 		kmem_free(spa->spa_async_zio_root, max_ncpus * sizeof (void *));
   1324 		spa->spa_async_zio_root = NULL;
   1325 	}
   1326 
   1327 	bpobj_close(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj);
   1328 
   1329 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   1330 
   1331 	/*
   1332 	 * Close all vdevs.
   1333 	 */
   1334 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev)
   1335 		vdev_free(spa->spa_root_vdev);
   1336 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
   1337 
   1338 	/*
   1339 	 * Close the dsl pool.
   1340 	 */
   1341 	if (spa->spa_dsl_pool) {
   1342 		dsl_pool_close(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
   1343 		spa->spa_dsl_pool = NULL;
   1344 		spa->spa_meta_objset = NULL;
   1345 	}
   1346 
   1347 	ddt_unload(spa);
   1348 
   1349 	/*
   1350 	 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
   1351 	 */
   1352 	spa_l2cache_drop(spa);
   1353 
   1354 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
   1355 		vdev_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
   1356 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs) {
   1357 		kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
   1358 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
   1359 		spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
   1360 	}
   1361 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
   1362 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
   1363 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
   1364 	}
   1365 	spa->spa_spares.sav_count = 0;
   1366 
   1367 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
   1368 		vdev_clear_stats(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
   1369 		vdev_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
   1370 	}
   1371 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs) {
   1372 		kmem_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs,
   1373 		    spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
   1374 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs = NULL;
   1375 	}
   1376 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
   1377 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
   1378 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
   1379 	}
   1380 	spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count = 0;
   1381 
   1382 	spa->spa_async_suspended = 0;
   1383 
   1384 	if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
   1385 		spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
   1386 		spa->spa_comment = NULL;
   1387 	}
   1388 
   1389 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   1390 }
   1391 
   1392 /*
   1393  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
   1394  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
   1395  * 'spa_spares.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
   1396  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
   1397  */
   1398 static void
   1399 spa_load_spares(spa_t *spa)
   1400 {
   1401 	nvlist_t **spares;
   1402 	uint_t nspares;
   1403 	int i;
   1404 	vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
   1405 
   1406 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
   1407 
   1408 	/*
   1409 	 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
   1410 	 */
   1411 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
   1412 		vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
   1413 
   1414 		/* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
   1415 		if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
   1416 		    B_FALSE)) != NULL && tvd->vdev_isspare)
   1417 			spa_spare_remove(tvd);
   1418 		vdev_close(vd);
   1419 		vdev_free(vd);
   1420 	}
   1421 
   1422 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs)
   1423 		kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
   1424 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
   1425 
   1426 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config == NULL)
   1427 		nspares = 0;
   1428 	else
   1429 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
   1430 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
   1431 
   1432 	spa->spa_spares.sav_count = (int)nspares;
   1433 	spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
   1434 
   1435 	if (nspares == 0)
   1436 		return;
   1437 
   1438 	/*
   1439 	 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
   1440 	 * process.   For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
   1441 	 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
   1442 	 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
   1443 	 * configuration (if it's spared in).  During this phase we open and
   1444 	 * validate each vdev on the spare list.  If the vdev also exists in the
   1445 	 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
   1446 	 */
   1447 	spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = kmem_alloc(nspares * sizeof (void *),
   1448 	    KM_SLEEP);
   1449 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
   1450 		VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, spares[i], NULL, 0,
   1451 		    VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE) == 0);
   1452 		ASSERT(vd != NULL);
   1453 
   1454 		spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i] = vd;
   1455 
   1456 		if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
   1457 		    B_FALSE)) != NULL) {
   1458 			if (!tvd->vdev_isspare)
   1459 				spa_spare_add(tvd);
   1460 
   1461 			/*
   1462 			 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
   1463 			 * able to load the vdev.  Otherwise, importing a pool
   1464 			 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
   1465 			 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
   1466 			 * is actively in use.
   1467 			 *
   1468 			 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
   1469 			 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
   1470 			 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise).  Given
   1471 			 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
   1472 			 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
   1473 			 */
   1474 			if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd))
   1475 				spa_spare_activate(tvd);
   1476 		}
   1477 
   1478 		vd->vdev_top = vd;
   1479 		vd->vdev_aux = &spa->spa_spares;
   1480 
   1481 		if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
   1482 			continue;
   1483 
   1484 		if (vdev_validate_aux(vd) == 0)
   1485 			spa_spare_add(vd);
   1486 	}
   1487 
   1488 	/*
   1489 	 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
   1490 	 * this time.
   1491 	 */
   1492 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
   1493 	    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
   1494 
   1495 	spares = kmem_alloc(spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *),
   1496 	    KM_SLEEP);
   1497 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
   1498 		spares[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
   1499 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE);
   1500 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
   1501 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count) == 0);
   1502 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
   1503 		nvlist_free(spares[i]);
   1504 	kmem_free(spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
   1505 }
   1506 
   1507 /*
   1508  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
   1509  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
   1510  * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
   1511  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
   1512  * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
   1513  * not re-opened.
   1514  */
   1515 static void
   1516 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t *spa)
   1517 {
   1518 	nvlist_t **l2cache;
   1519 	uint_t nl2cache;
   1520 	int i, j, oldnvdevs;
   1521 	uint64_t guid;
   1522 	vdev_t *vd, **oldvdevs, **newvdevs;
   1523 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
   1524 
   1525 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
   1526 
   1527 	if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
   1528 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
   1529 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
   1530 		newvdevs = kmem_alloc(nl2cache * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
   1531 	} else {
   1532 		nl2cache = 0;
   1533 		newvdevs = NULL;
   1534 	}
   1535 
   1536 	oldvdevs = sav->sav_vdevs;
   1537 	oldnvdevs = sav->sav_count;
   1538 	sav->sav_vdevs = NULL;
   1539 	sav->sav_count = 0;
   1540 
   1541 	/*
   1542 	 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
   1543 	 */
   1544 	for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
   1545 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
   1546 		    &guid) == 0);
   1547 
   1548 		newvdevs[i] = NULL;
   1549 		for (j = 0; j < oldnvdevs; j++) {
   1550 			vd = oldvdevs[j];
   1551 			if (vd != NULL && guid == vd->vdev_guid) {
   1552 				/*
   1553 				 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
   1554 				 */
   1555 				newvdevs[i] = vd;
   1556 				oldvdevs[j] = NULL;
   1557 				break;
   1558 			}
   1559 		}
   1560 
   1561 		if (newvdevs[i] == NULL) {
   1562 			/*
   1563 			 * Create new vdev
   1564 			 */
   1565 			VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, l2cache[i], NULL, 0,
   1566 			    VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE) == 0);
   1567 			ASSERT(vd != NULL);
   1568 			newvdevs[i] = vd;
   1569 
   1570 			/*
   1571 			 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
   1572 			 * even if it fails to open.
   1573 			 */
   1574 			spa_l2cache_add(vd);
   1575 
   1576 			vd->vdev_top = vd;
   1577 			vd->vdev_aux = sav;
   1578 
   1579 			spa_l2cache_activate(vd);
   1580 
   1581 			if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
   1582 				continue;
   1583 
   1584 			(void) vdev_validate_aux(vd);
   1585 
   1586 			if (!vdev_is_dead(vd))
   1587 				l2arc_add_vdev(spa, vd);
   1588 		}
   1589 	}
   1590 
   1591 	/*
   1592 	 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
   1593 	 */
   1594 	for (i = 0; i < oldnvdevs; i++) {
   1595 		uint64_t pool;
   1596 
   1597 		vd = oldvdevs[i];
   1598 		if (vd != NULL) {
   1599 			ASSERT(vd->vdev_isl2cache);
   1600 
   1601 			if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
   1602 			    pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
   1603 				l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
   1604 			vdev_clear_stats(vd);
   1605 			vdev_free(vd);
   1606 		}
   1607 	}
   1608 
   1609 	if (oldvdevs)
   1610 		kmem_free(oldvdevs, oldnvdevs * sizeof (void *));
   1611 
   1612 	if (sav->sav_config == NULL)
   1613 		goto out;
   1614 
   1615 	sav->sav_vdevs = newvdevs;
   1616 	sav->sav_count = (int)nl2cache;
   1617 
   1618 	/*
   1619 	 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
   1620 	 * information this time.
   1621 	 */
   1622 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
   1623 	    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
   1624 
   1625 	l2cache = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
   1626 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
   1627 		l2cache[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
   1628 		    sav->sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
   1629 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
   1630 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, sav->sav_count) == 0);
   1631 out:
   1632 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
   1633 		nvlist_free(l2cache[i]);
   1634 	if (sav->sav_count)
   1635 		kmem_free(l2cache, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
   1636 }
   1637 
   1638 static int
   1639 load_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t **value)
   1640 {
   1641 	dmu_buf_t *db;
   1642 	char *packed = NULL;
   1643 	size_t nvsize = 0;
   1644 	int error;
   1645 	*value = NULL;
   1646 
   1647 	error = dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db);
   1648 	if (error != 0)
   1649 		return (error);
   1650 
   1651 	nvsize = *(uint64_t *)db->db_data;
   1652 	dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
   1653 
   1654 	packed = kmem_alloc(nvsize, KM_SLEEP);
   1655 	error = dmu_read(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, nvsize, packed,
   1656 	    DMU_READ_PREFETCH);
   1657 	if (error == 0)
   1658 		error = nvlist_unpack(packed, nvsize, value, 0);
   1659 	kmem_free(packed, nvsize);
   1660 
   1661 	return (error);
   1662 }
   1663 
   1664 /*
   1665  * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
   1666  * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
   1667  */
   1668 static void
   1669 spa_check_removed(vdev_t *vd)
   1670 {
   1671 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
   1672 		spa_check_removed(vd->vdev_child[c]);
   1673 
   1674 	if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf && vdev_is_dead(vd) &&
   1675 	    !vd->vdev_ishole) {
   1676 		zfs_post_autoreplace(vd->vdev_spa, vd);
   1677 		spa_event_notify(vd->vdev_spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK);
   1678 	}
   1679 }
   1680 
   1681 static void
   1682 spa_config_valid_zaps(vdev_t *vd, vdev_t *mvd)
   1683 {
   1684 	ASSERT3U(vd->vdev_children, ==, mvd->vdev_children);
   1685 
   1686 	vd->vdev_top_zap = mvd->vdev_top_zap;
   1687 	vd->vdev_leaf_zap = mvd->vdev_leaf_zap;
   1688 
   1689 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
   1690 		spa_config_valid_zaps(vd->vdev_child[i], mvd->vdev_child[i]);
   1691 	}
   1692 }
   1693 
   1694 /*
   1695  * Validate the current config against the MOS config
   1696  */
   1697 static boolean_t
   1698 spa_config_valid(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
   1699 {
   1700 	vdev_t *mrvd, *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
   1701 	nvlist_t *nv;
   1702 
   1703 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nv) == 0);
   1704 
   1705 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   1706 	VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &mrvd, nv, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD) == 0);
   1707 
   1708 	ASSERT3U(rvd->vdev_children, ==, mrvd->vdev_children);
   1709 
   1710 	/*
   1711 	 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
   1712 	 * diagnostic information about missing devices in this config.
   1713 	 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
   1714 	 */
   1715 	if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG)) {
   1716 		nvlist_t **child, *nv;
   1717 		uint64_t idx = 0;
   1718 
   1719 		child = kmem_alloc(rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (nvlist_t **),
   1720 		    KM_SLEEP);
   1721 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   1722 
   1723 		for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
   1724 			vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
   1725 			vdev_t *mtvd  = mrvd->vdev_child[c];
   1726 
   1727 			if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_missing_ops &&
   1728 			    mtvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_missing_ops &&
   1729 			    mtvd->vdev_islog)
   1730 				child[idx++] = vdev_config_generate(spa, mtvd,
   1731 				    B_FALSE, 0);
   1732 		}
   1733 
   1734 		if (idx) {
   1735 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv,
   1736 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, child, idx) == 0);
   1737 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
   1738 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES, nv) == 0);
   1739 
   1740 			for (int i = 0; i < idx; i++)
   1741 				nvlist_free(child[i]);
   1742 		}
   1743 		nvlist_free(nv);
   1744 		kmem_free(child, rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (char **));
   1745 	}
   1746 
   1747 	/*
   1748 	 * Compare the root vdev tree with the information we have
   1749 	 * from the MOS config (mrvd). Check each top-level vdev
   1750 	 * with the corresponding MOS config top-level (mtvd).
   1751 	 */
   1752 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
   1753 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
   1754 		vdev_t *mtvd  = mrvd->vdev_child[c];
   1755 
   1756 		/*
   1757 		 * Resolve any "missing" vdevs in the current configuration.
   1758 		 * If we find that the MOS config has more accurate information
   1759 		 * about the top-level vdev then use that vdev instead.
   1760 		 */
   1761 		if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_missing_ops &&
   1762 		    mtvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_missing_ops) {
   1763 
   1764 			if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG))
   1765 				continue;
   1766 
   1767 			/*
   1768 			 * Device specific actions.
   1769 			 */
   1770 			if (mtvd->vdev_islog) {
   1771 				spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
   1772 			} else {
   1773 				/*
   1774 				 * XXX - once we have 'readonly' pool
   1775 				 * support we should be able to handle
   1776 				 * missing data devices by transitioning
   1777 				 * the pool to readonly.
   1778 				 */
   1779 				continue;
   1780 			}
   1781 
   1782 			/*
   1783 			 * Swap the missing vdev with the data we were
   1784 			 * able to obtain from the MOS config.
   1785 			 */
   1786 			vdev_remove_child(rvd, tvd);
   1787 			vdev_remove_child(mrvd, mtvd);
   1788 
   1789 			vdev_add_child(rvd, mtvd);
   1790 			vdev_add_child(mrvd, tvd);
   1791 
   1792 			spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   1793 			vdev_load(mtvd);
   1794 			spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   1795 
   1796 			vdev_reopen(rvd);
   1797 		} else {
   1798 			if (mtvd->vdev_islog) {
   1799 				/*
   1800 				 * Load the slog device's state from the MOS
   1801 				 * config since it's possible that the label
   1802 				 * does not contain the most up-to-date
   1803 				 * information.
   1804 				 */
   1805 				vdev_load_log_state(tvd, mtvd);
   1806 				vdev_reopen(tvd);
   1807 			}
   1808 
   1809 			/*
   1810 			 * Per-vdev ZAP info is stored exclusively in the MOS.
   1811 			 */
   1812 			spa_config_valid_zaps(tvd, mtvd);
   1813 		}
   1814 	}
   1815 
   1816 	vdev_free(mrvd);
   1817 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   1818 
   1819 	/*
   1820 	 * Ensure we were able to validate the config.
   1821 	 */
   1822 	return (rvd->vdev_guid_sum == spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum);
   1823 }
   1824 
   1825 /*
   1826  * Check for missing log devices
   1827  */
   1828 static boolean_t
   1829 spa_check_logs(spa_t *spa)
   1830 {
   1831 	boolean_t rv = B_FALSE;
   1832 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
   1833 
   1834 	switch (spa->spa_log_state) {
   1835 	case SPA_LOG_MISSING:
   1836 		/* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
   1837 	case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN:
   1838 		rv = (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
   1839 		    zil_check_log_chain, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN) != 0);
   1840 		if (rv)
   1841 			spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_MISSING);
   1842 		break;
   1843 	}
   1844 	return (rv);
   1845 }
   1846 
   1847 static boolean_t
   1848 spa_passivate_log(spa_t *spa)
   1849 {
   1850 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
   1851 	boolean_t slog_found = B_FALSE;
   1852 
   1853 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
   1854 
   1855 	if (!spa_has_slogs(spa))
   1856 		return (B_FALSE);
   1857 
   1858 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
   1859 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
   1860 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
   1861 
   1862 		if (tvd->vdev_islog) {
   1863 			metaslab_group_passivate(mg);
   1864 			slog_found = B_TRUE;
   1865 		}
   1866 	}
   1867 
   1868 	return (slog_found);
   1869 }
   1870 
   1871 static void
   1872 spa_activate_log(spa_t *spa)
   1873 {
   1874 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
   1875 
   1876 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
   1877 
   1878 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
   1879 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
   1880 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
   1881 
   1882 		if (tvd->vdev_islog)
   1883 			metaslab_group_activate(mg);
   1884 	}
   1885 }
   1886 
   1887 int
   1888 spa_offline_log(spa_t *spa)
   1889 {
   1890 	int error;
   1891 
   1892 	error = dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa), zil_vdev_offline,
   1893 	    NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
   1894 	if (error == 0) {
   1895 		/*
   1896 		 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
   1897 		 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
   1898 		 * by zil_sync().
   1899 		 */
   1900 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
   1901 	}
   1902 	return (error);
   1903 }
   1904 
   1905 static void
   1906 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav)
   1907 {
   1908 	int i;
   1909 
   1910 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
   1911 		spa_check_removed(sav->sav_vdevs[i]);
   1912 }
   1913 
   1914 void
   1915 spa_claim_notify(zio_t *zio)
   1916 {
   1917 	spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
   1918 
   1919 	if (zio->io_error)
   1920 		return;
   1921 
   1922 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);	/* any mutex will do */
   1923 	if (spa->spa_claim_max_txg < zio->io_bp->blk_birth)
   1924 		spa->spa_claim_max_txg = zio->io_bp->blk_birth;
   1925 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
   1926 }
   1927 
   1928 typedef struct spa_load_error {
   1929 	uint64_t	sle_meta_count;
   1930 	uint64_t	sle_data_count;
   1931 } spa_load_error_t;
   1932 
   1933 static void
   1934 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t *zio)
   1935 {
   1936 	blkptr_t *bp = zio->io_bp;
   1937 	spa_load_error_t *sle = zio->io_private;
   1938 	dmu_object_type_t type = BP_GET_TYPE(bp);
   1939 	int error = zio->io_error;
   1940 	spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
   1941 
   1942 	if (error) {
   1943 		if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type)) &&
   1944 		    type != DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG)
   1945 			atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_meta_count);
   1946 		else
   1947 			atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_data_count);
   1948 	}
   1949 	zio_data_buf_free(zio->io_data, zio->io_size);
   1950 
   1951 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
   1952 	spa->spa_scrub_inflight--;
   1953 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv);
   1954 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
   1955 }
   1956 
   1957 /*
   1958  * Maximum number of concurrent scrub i/os to create while verifying
   1959  * a pool while importing it.
   1960  */
   1961 int spa_load_verify_maxinflight = 10000;
   1962 boolean_t spa_load_verify_metadata = B_TRUE;
   1963 boolean_t spa_load_verify_data = B_TRUE;
   1964 
   1965 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_maxinflight, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
   1966     &spa_load_verify_maxinflight, 0,
   1967     "Maximum number of concurrent scrub I/Os to create while verifying a "
   1968     "pool while importing it");
   1969 
   1970 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_metadata, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
   1971     &spa_load_verify_metadata, 0,
   1972     "Check metadata on import?");
   1973 
   1974 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_data, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
   1975     &spa_load_verify_data, 0,
   1976     "Check user data on import?");
   1977 
   1978 /*ARGSUSED*/
   1979 static int
   1980 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t *spa, zilog_t *zilog, const blkptr_t *bp,
   1981     const zbookmark_phys_t *zb, const dnode_phys_t *dnp, void *arg)
   1982 {
   1983 	if (bp == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(bp) || BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp))
   1984 		return (0);
   1985 	/*
   1986 	 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
   1987 	 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set.  However, it may be useful
   1988 	 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
   1989 	 */
   1990 	if (!spa_load_verify_metadata)
   1991 		return (0);
   1992 	if (BP_GET_BUFC_TYPE(bp) == ARC_BUFC_DATA && !spa_load_verify_data)
   1993 		return (0);
   1994 
   1995 	zio_t *rio = arg;
   1996 	size_t size = BP_GET_PSIZE(bp);
   1997 	void *data = zio_data_buf_alloc(size);
   1998 
   1999 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
   2000 	while (spa->spa_scrub_inflight >= spa_load_verify_maxinflight)
   2001 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv, &spa->spa_scrub_lock);
   2002 	spa->spa_scrub_inflight++;
   2003 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
   2004 
   2005 	zio_nowait(zio_read(rio, spa, bp, data, size,
   2006 	    spa_load_verify_done, rio->io_private, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB,
   2007 	    ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL |
   2008 	    ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB | ZIO_FLAG_RAW, zb));
   2009 	return (0);
   2010 }
   2011 
   2012 /* ARGSUSED */
   2013 int
   2014 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t *dp, dsl_dataset_t *ds, void *arg)
   2015 {
   2016 	if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN)
   2017 		return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG));
   2018 
   2019 	return (0);
   2020 }
   2021 
   2022 static int
   2023 spa_load_verify(spa_t *spa)
   2024 {
   2025 	zio_t *rio;
   2026 	spa_load_error_t sle = { 0 };
   2027 	zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
   2028 	boolean_t verify_ok = B_FALSE;
   2029 	int error = 0;
   2030 
   2031 	zpool_get_rewind_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
   2032 
   2033 	if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND)
   2034 		return (0);
   2035 
   2036 	dsl_pool_config_enter(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
   2037 	error = dmu_objset_find_dp(spa->spa_dsl_pool,
   2038 	    spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_root_dir_obj, verify_dataset_name_len, NULL,
   2039 	    DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
   2040 	dsl_pool_config_exit(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
   2041 	if (error != 0)
   2042 		return (error);
   2043 
   2044 	rio = zio_root(spa, NULL, &sle,
   2045 	    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE);
   2046 
   2047 	if (spa_load_verify_metadata) {
   2048 		error = traverse_pool(spa, spa->spa_verify_min_txg,
   2049 		    TRAVERSE_PRE | TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA,
   2050 		    spa_load_verify_cb, rio);
   2051 	}
   2052 
   2053 	(void) zio_wait(rio);
   2054 
   2055 	spa->spa_load_meta_errors = sle.sle_meta_count;
   2056 	spa->spa_load_data_errors = sle.sle_data_count;
   2057 
   2058 	if (!error && sle.sle_meta_count <= policy.zrp_maxmeta &&
   2059 	    sle.sle_data_count <= policy.zrp_maxdata) {
   2060 		int64_t loss = 0;
   2061 
   2062 		verify_ok = B_TRUE;
   2063 		spa->spa_load_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
   2064 		spa->spa_load_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
   2065 
   2066 		loss = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts - spa->spa_load_txg_ts;
   2067 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
   2068 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME, spa->spa_load_txg_ts) == 0);
   2069 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa->spa_load_info,
   2070 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME, loss) == 0);
   2071 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
   2072 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS, sle.sle_data_count) == 0);
   2073 	} else {
   2074 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
   2075 	}
   2076 
   2077 	if (error) {
   2078 		if (error != ENXIO && error != EIO)
   2079 			error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
   2080 		return (error);
   2081 	}
   2082 
   2083 	return (verify_ok ? 0 : EIO);
   2084 }
   2085 
   2086 /*
   2087  * Find a value in the pool props object.
   2088  */
   2089 static void
   2090 spa_prop_find(spa_t *spa, zpool_prop_t prop, uint64_t *val)
   2091 {
   2092 	(void) zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
   2093 	    zpool_prop_to_name(prop), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
   2094 }
   2095 
   2096 /*
   2097  * Find a value in the pool directory object.
   2098  */
   2099 static int
   2100 spa_dir_prop(spa_t *spa, const char *name, uint64_t *val)
   2101 {
   2102 	return (zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
   2103 	    name, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val));
   2104 }
   2105 
   2106 static int
   2107 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t *vdev, vdev_aux_t aux, int err)
   2108 {
   2109 	vdev_set_state(vdev, B_TRUE, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN, aux);
   2110 	return (err);
   2111 }
   2112 
   2113 /*
   2114  * Fix up config after a partly-completed split.  This is done with the
   2115  * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist.  Both the splitting pool and the split-off
   2116  * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
   2117  * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
   2118  *
   2119  * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
   2120  * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process.  To attempt
   2121  * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
   2122  * we do a reopen() call.  If the vdev label for every disk that was
   2123  * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
   2124  * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
   2125  *
   2126  * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
   2127  * the original pool.
   2128  */
   2129 static void
   2130 spa_try_repair(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
   2131 {
   2132 	uint_t extracted;
   2133 	uint64_t *glist;
   2134 	uint_t i, gcount;
   2135 	nvlist_t *nvl;
   2136 	vdev_t **vd;
   2137 	boolean_t attempt_reopen;
   2138 
   2139 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) != 0)
   2140 		return;
   2141 
   2142 	/* check that the config is complete */
   2143 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
   2144 	    &glist, &gcount) != 0)
   2145 		return;
   2146 
   2147 	vd = kmem_zalloc(gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
   2148 
   2149 	/* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
   2150 	attempt_reopen = B_TRUE;
   2151 	for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
   2152 		if (glist[i] == 0)	/* vdev is hole */
   2153 			continue;
   2154 
   2155 		vd[i] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[i], B_FALSE);
   2156 		if (vd[i] == NULL) {
   2157 			/*
   2158 			 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
   2159 			 * just do the split.
   2160 			 */
   2161 			attempt_reopen = B_FALSE;
   2162 		} else {
   2163 			/* attempt to re-online it */
   2164 			vd[i]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
   2165 		}
   2166 	}
   2167 
   2168 	if (attempt_reopen) {
   2169 		vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
   2170 
   2171 		/* check each device to see what state it's in */
   2172 		for (extracted = 0, i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
   2173 			if (vd[i] != NULL &&
   2174 			    vd[i]->vdev_stat.vs_aux != VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
   2175 				break;
   2176 			++extracted;
   2177 		}
   2178 	}
   2179 
   2180 	/*
   2181 	 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
   2182 	 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
   2183 	 * good.
   2184 	 */
   2185 	if (!attempt_reopen || gcount == extracted) {
   2186 		for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++)
   2187 			if (vd[i] != NULL)
   2188 				vdev_split(vd[i]);
   2189 		vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
   2190 	}
   2191 
   2192 	kmem_free(vd, gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *));
   2193 }
   2194 
   2195 static int
   2196 spa_load(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type,
   2197     boolean_t mosconfig)
   2198 {
   2199 	nvlist_t *config = spa->spa_config;
   2200 	char *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL;
   2201 	char *comment;
   2202 	int error;
   2203 	uint64_t pool_guid;
   2204 	nvlist_t *nvl;
   2205 
   2206 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, &pool_guid))
   2207 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
   2208 
   2209 	ASSERT(spa->spa_comment == NULL);
   2210 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT, &comment) == 0)
   2211 		spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(comment);
   2212 
   2213 	/*
   2214 	 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
   2215 	 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
   2216 	 */
   2217 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
   2218 	    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
   2219 		spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
   2220 
   2221 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
   2222 	    &spa->spa_config_txg);
   2223 
   2224 	if ((state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT || state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
   2225 	    spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0)) {
   2226 		error = SET_ERROR(EEXIST);
   2227 	} else {
   2228 		spa->spa_config_guid = pool_guid;
   2229 
   2230 		if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
   2231 		    &nvl) == 0) {
   2232 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(nvl, &spa->spa_config_splitting,
   2233 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   2234 		}
   2235 
   2236 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
   2237 		spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
   2238 
   2239 		gethrestime(&spa->spa_loaded_ts);
   2240 		error = spa_load_impl(spa, pool_guid, config, state, type,
   2241 		    mosconfig, &ereport);
   2242 	}
   2243 
   2244 	/*
   2245 	 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
   2246 	 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
   2247 	 */
   2248 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
   2249 	spa->spa_minref = refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
   2250 	if (error) {
   2251 		if (error != EEXIST) {
   2252 			spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec = 0;
   2253 			spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec = 0;
   2254 		}
   2255 		if (error != EBADF) {
   2256 			zfs_ereport_post(ereport, spa, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
   2257 		}
   2258 	}
   2259 	spa->spa_load_state = error ? SPA_LOAD_ERROR : SPA_LOAD_NONE;
   2260 	spa->spa_ena = 0;
   2261 
   2262 	return (error);
   2263 }
   2264 
   2265 /*
   2266  * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
   2267  * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
   2268  * spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
   2269  */
   2270 static uint64_t
   2271 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t *vd)
   2272 {
   2273 	spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
   2274 	uint64_t total = 0;
   2275 	if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) {
   2276 		total++;
   2277 		ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   2278 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_top_zap));
   2279 	}
   2280 	if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) {
   2281 		total++;
   2282 		ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   2283 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_leaf_zap));
   2284 	}
   2285 
   2286 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
   2287 		total += vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd->vdev_child[i]);
   2288 	}
   2289 
   2290 	return (total);
   2291 }
   2292 
   2293 /*
   2294  * Load an existing storage pool, using the pool's builtin spa_config as a
   2295  * source of configuration information.
   2296  */
   2297 static int
   2298 spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t pool_guid, nvlist_t *config,
   2299     spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type, boolean_t mosconfig,
   2300     char **ereport)
   2301 {
   2302 	int error = 0;
   2303 	nvlist_t *nvroot = NULL;
   2304 	nvlist_t *label;
   2305 	vdev_t *rvd;
   2306 	uberblock_t *ub = &spa->spa_uberblock;
   2307 	uint64_t children, config_cache_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
   2308 	int orig_mode = spa->spa_mode;
   2309 	int parse;
   2310 	uint64_t obj;
   2311 	boolean_t missing_feat_write = B_FALSE;
   2312 
   2313 	/*
   2314 	 * If this is an untrusted config, access the pool in read-only mode.
   2315 	 * This prevents things like resilvering recently removed devices.
   2316 	 */
   2317 	if (!mosconfig)
   2318 		spa->spa_mode = FREAD;
   2319 
   2320 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
   2321 
   2322 	spa->spa_load_state = state;
   2323 
   2324 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot))
   2325 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
   2326 
   2327 	parse = (type == SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING ?
   2328 	    VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD : VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT);
   2329 
   2330 	/*
   2331 	 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
   2332 	 */
   2333 	spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
   2334 	    KM_SLEEP);
   2335 	for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
   2336 		spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
   2337 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
   2338 		    ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
   2339 	}
   2340 
   2341 	/*
   2342 	 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree.  We explicitly set the
   2343 	 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
   2344 	 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
   2345 	 */
   2346 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   2347 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, parse);
   2348 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   2349 
   2350 	if (error != 0)
   2351 		return (error);
   2352 
   2353 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
   2354 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_min_ashift, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT);
   2355 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_max_ashift, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT);
   2356 
   2357 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
   2358 		ASSERT(spa_guid(spa) == pool_guid);
   2359 	}
   2360 
   2361 	/*
   2362 	 * Try to open all vdevs, loading each label in the process.
   2363 	 */
   2364 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   2365 	error = vdev_open(rvd);
   2366 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   2367 	if (error != 0)
   2368 		return (error);
   2369 
   2370 	/*
   2371 	 * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
   2372 	 * we have in hand, which is dependent on the setting of mosconfig. If
   2373 	 * mosconfig is true then we're validating the vdev labels based on
   2374 	 * that config.  Otherwise, we're validating against the cached config
   2375 	 * (zpool.cache) that was read when we loaded the zfs module, and then
   2376 	 * later we will recursively call spa_load() and validate against
   2377 	 * the vdev config.
   2378 	 *
   2379 	 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
   2380 	 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
   2381 	 * validation for now.
   2382 	 */
   2383 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
   2384 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   2385 		error = vdev_validate(rvd, mosconfig);
   2386 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   2387 
   2388 		if (error != 0)
   2389 			return (error);
   2390 
   2391 		if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN)
   2392 			return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
   2393 	}
   2394 
   2395 	/*
   2396 	 * Find the best uberblock.
   2397 	 */
   2398 	vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &label);
   2399 
   2400 	/*
   2401 	 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
   2402 	 */
   2403 	if (ub->ub_txg == 0) {
   2404 		nvlist_free(label);
   2405 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, ENXIO));
   2406 	}
   2407 
   2408 	/*
   2409 	 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
   2410 	 */
   2411 	if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub->ub_version)) {
   2412 		nvlist_free(label);
   2413 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER, ENOTSUP));
   2414 	}
   2415 
   2416 	if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
   2417 		nvlist_t *features;
   2418 
   2419 		/*
   2420 		 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
   2421 		 * MOS in the label, return failure.
   2422 		 */
   2423 		if (label == NULL || nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label,
   2424 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ, &features) != 0) {
   2425 			nvlist_free(label);
   2426 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
   2427 			    ENXIO));
   2428 		}
   2429 
   2430 		/*
   2431 		 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
   2432 		 * from the label.
   2433 		 */
   2434 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_label_features);
   2435 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features, &spa->spa_label_features, 0) == 0);
   2436 	}
   2437 
   2438 	nvlist_free(label);
   2439 
   2440 	/*
   2441 	 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
   2442 	 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
   2443 	 * cannot open a pool.
   2444 	 */
   2445 	if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
   2446 		nvlist_t *unsup_feat;
   2447 
   2448 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) ==
   2449 		    0);
   2450 
   2451 		for (nvpair_t *nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features,
   2452 		    NULL); nvp != NULL;
   2453 		    nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features, nvp)) {
   2454 			if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp))) {
   2455 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat,
   2456 				    nvpair_name(nvp), "") == 0);
   2457 			}
   2458 		}
   2459 
   2460 		if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
   2461 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
   2462 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat) == 0);
   2463 			nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
   2464 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
   2465 			    ENOTSUP));
   2466 		}
   2467 
   2468 		nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
   2469 	}
   2470 
   2471 	/*
   2472 	 * If the vdev guid sum doesn't match the uberblock, we have an
   2473 	 * incomplete configuration.  We first check to see if the pool
   2474 	 * is aware of the complete config (i.e ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN).
   2475 	 * If it is, defer the vdev_guid_sum check till later so we
   2476 	 * can handle missing vdevs.
   2477 	 */
   2478 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN,
   2479 	    &children) != 0 && mosconfig && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE &&
   2480 	    rvd->vdev_guid_sum != ub->ub_guid_sum)
   2481 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM, ENXIO));
   2482 
   2483 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa->spa_config_splitting) {
   2484 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   2485 		spa_try_repair(spa, config);
   2486 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   2487 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
   2488 		spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
   2489 	}
   2490 
   2491 	/*
   2492 	 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
   2493 	 */
   2494 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
   2495 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
   2496 	spa->spa_verify_min_txg = spa->spa_extreme_rewind ?
   2497 	    TXG_INITIAL - 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE - 1;
   2498 	spa->spa_first_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg ?
   2499 	    spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) + 1;
   2500 	spa->spa_claim_max_txg = spa->spa_first_txg;
   2501 	spa->spa_prev_software_version = ub->ub_software_version;
   2502 
   2503 	error = dsl_pool_init(spa, spa->spa_first_txg, &spa->spa_dsl_pool);
   2504 	if (error)
   2505 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2506 	spa->spa_meta_objset = spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_meta_objset;
   2507 
   2508 	if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CONFIG, &spa->spa_config_object) != 0)
   2509 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2510 
   2511 	if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
   2512 		boolean_t missing_feat_read = B_FALSE;
   2513 		nvlist_t *unsup_feat, *enabled_feat;
   2514 
   2515 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
   2516 		    &spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj) != 0) {
   2517 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2518 		}
   2519 
   2520 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE,
   2521 		    &spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj) != 0) {
   2522 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2523 		}
   2524 
   2525 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS,
   2526 		    &spa->spa_feat_desc_obj) != 0) {
   2527 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2528 		}
   2529 
   2530 		enabled_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
   2531 		unsup_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
   2532 
   2533 		if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_FALSE,
   2534 		    unsup_feat, enabled_feat))
   2535 			missing_feat_read = B_TRUE;
   2536 
   2537 		if (spa_writeable(spa) || state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
   2538 			if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_TRUE,
   2539 			    unsup_feat, enabled_feat)) {
   2540 				missing_feat_write = B_TRUE;
   2541 			}
   2542 		}
   2543 
   2544 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
   2545 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT, enabled_feat);
   2546 
   2547 		if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
   2548 			fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
   2549 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat);
   2550 		}
   2551 
   2552 		fnvlist_free(enabled_feat);
   2553 		fnvlist_free(unsup_feat);
   2554 
   2555 		if (!missing_feat_read) {
   2556 			fnvlist_add_boolean(spa->spa_load_info,
   2557 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY);
   2558 		}
   2559 
   2560 		/*
   2561 		 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
   2562 		 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
   2563 		 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
   2564 		 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
   2565 		 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
   2566 		 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
   2567 		 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
   2568 		 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
   2569 		 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
   2570 		 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
   2571 		 * available for open in read-only mode.
   2572 		 *
   2573 		 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
   2574 		 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
   2575 		 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
   2576 		 * userland in order to know whether to display the
   2577 		 * abovementioned note.
   2578 		 */
   2579 		if (missing_feat_read || (missing_feat_write &&
   2580 		    spa_writeable(spa))) {
   2581 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
   2582 			    ENOTSUP));
   2583 		}
   2584 
   2585 		/*
   2586 		 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
   2587 		 * cache during SPA initialization.
   2588 		 */
   2589 		for (spa_feature_t i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) {
   2590 			uint64_t refcount;
   2591 
   2592 			error = feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa,
   2593 			    &spa_feature_table[i], &refcount);
   2594 			if (error == 0) {
   2595 				spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] = refcount;
   2596 			} else if (error == ENOTSUP) {
   2597 				spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] =
   2598 				    SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED;
   2599 			} else {
   2600 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
   2601 				    VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2602 			}
   2603 		}
   2604 	}
   2605 
   2606 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG)) {
   2607 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG,
   2608 		    &spa->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj) != 0)
   2609 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2610 	}
   2611 
   2612 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
   2613 	error = dsl_pool_open(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
   2614 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
   2615 	if (error != 0)
   2616 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2617 
   2618 	if (!mosconfig) {
   2619 		uint64_t hostid;
   2620 		nvlist_t *policy = NULL, *nvconfig;
   2621 
   2622 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &nvconfig) != 0)
   2623 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2624 
   2625 		if (!spa_is_root(spa) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvconfig,
   2626 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID, &hostid) == 0) {
   2627 			char *hostname;
   2628 			unsigned long myhostid = 0;
   2629 
   2630 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(nvconfig,
   2631 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME, &hostname) == 0);
   2632 
   2633 #ifdef	_KERNEL
   2634 			myhostid = zone_get_hostid(NULL);
   2635 #else	/* _KERNEL */
   2636 			/*
   2637 			 * We're emulating the system's hostid in userland, so
   2638 			 * we can't use zone_get_hostid().
   2639 			 */
   2640 			(void) ddi_strtoul(hw_serial, NULL, 10, &myhostid);
   2641 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
   2642 			if (check_hostid && hostid != 0 && myhostid != 0 &&
   2643 			    hostid != myhostid) {
   2644 				nvlist_free(nvconfig);
   2645 				cmn_err(CE_WARN, "pool '%s' could not be "
   2646 				    "loaded as it was last accessed by "
   2647 				    "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%lx). "
   2648 				    "See: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-EY",
   2649 				    spa_name(spa), hostname,
   2650 				    (unsigned long)hostid);
   2651 				return (SET_ERROR(EBADF));
   2652 			}
   2653 		}
   2654 		if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa->spa_config,
   2655 		    ZPOOL_REWIND_POLICY, &policy) == 0)
   2656 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvconfig,
   2657 			    ZPOOL_REWIND_POLICY, policy) == 0);
   2658 
   2659 		spa_config_set(spa, nvconfig);
   2660 		spa_unload(spa);
   2661 		spa_deactivate(spa);
   2662 		spa_activate(spa, orig_mode);
   2663 
   2664 		return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, B_TRUE));
   2665 	}
   2666 
   2667 	/* Grab the secret checksum salt from the MOS. */
   2668 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
   2669 	    DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
   2670 	    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
   2671 	    spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes);
   2672 	if (error == ENOENT) {
   2673 		/* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
   2674 		(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
   2675 		    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
   2676 	} else if (error != 0) {
   2677 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2678 	}
   2679 
   2680 	if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ, &obj) != 0)
   2681 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2682 	error = bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, spa->spa_meta_objset, obj);
   2683 	if (error != 0)
   2684 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2685 
   2686 	/*
   2687 	 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
   2688 	 * (raid-z deflation).  If we have an older pool, this will not
   2689 	 * be present.
   2690 	 */
   2691 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, &spa->spa_deflate);
   2692 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
   2693 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2694 
   2695 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
   2696 	    &spa->spa_creation_version);
   2697 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
   2698 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2699 
   2700 	/*
   2701 	 * Load the persistent error log.  If we have an older pool, this will
   2702 	 * not be present.
   2703 	 */
   2704 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST, &spa->spa_errlog_last);
   2705 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
   2706 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2707 
   2708 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB,
   2709 	    &spa->spa_errlog_scrub);
   2710 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
   2711 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2712 
   2713 	/*
   2714 	 * Load the history object.  If we have an older pool, this
   2715 	 * will not be present.
   2716 	 */
   2717 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_HISTORY, &spa->spa_history);
   2718 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
   2719 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2720 
   2721 	/*
   2722 	 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
   2723 	 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
   2724 	 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
   2725 	 * spa_sync_config_object.
   2726 	 */
   2727 
   2728 	/* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
   2729 	nvlist_t *mos_config;
   2730 	if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config) != 0)
   2731 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2732 
   2733 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP,
   2734 	    &spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
   2735 
   2736 	if (error != ENOENT && error != 0) {
   2737 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2738 	} else if (error == 0 && !nvlist_exists(mos_config,
   2739 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS)) {
   2740 		/*
   2741 		 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
   2742 		 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
   2743 		 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
   2744 		 */
   2745 		spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY;
   2746 		/*
   2747 		 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
   2748 		 * before this. Better be sure of it.
   2749 		 */
   2750 		ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev));
   2751 	}
   2752 	nvlist_free(mos_config);
   2753 
   2754 	/*
   2755 	 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
   2756 	 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
   2757 	 * devices.
   2758 	 */
   2759 
   2760 	/*
   2761 	 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
   2762 	 */
   2763 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SPARES, &spa->spa_spares.sav_object);
   2764 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
   2765 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2766 	if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
   2767 		ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
   2768 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
   2769 		    &spa->spa_spares.sav_config) != 0)
   2770 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2771 
   2772 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   2773 		spa_load_spares(spa);
   2774 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   2775 	} else if (error == 0) {
   2776 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
   2777 	}
   2778 
   2779 	/*
   2780 	 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
   2781 	 */
   2782 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE,
   2783 	    &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object);
   2784 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
   2785 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2786 	if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
   2787 		ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE);
   2788 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object,
   2789 		    &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) != 0)
   2790 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2791 
   2792 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   2793 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
   2794 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   2795 	} else if (error == 0) {
   2796 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
   2797 	}
   2798 
   2799 	spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
   2800 
   2801 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_PROPS, &spa->spa_pool_props_object);
   2802 	if (error && error != ENOENT)
   2803 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2804 
   2805 	if (error == 0) {
   2806 		uint64_t autoreplace;
   2807 
   2808 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS, &spa->spa_bootfs);
   2809 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE, &autoreplace);
   2810 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION, &spa->spa_delegation);
   2811 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE, &spa->spa_failmode);
   2812 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND, &spa->spa_autoexpand);
   2813 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO,
   2814 		    &spa->spa_dedup_ditto);
   2815 
   2816 		spa->spa_autoreplace = (autoreplace != 0);
   2817 	}
   2818 
   2819 	/*
   2820 	 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
   2821 	 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
   2822 	 * devices.  We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
   2823 	 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
   2824 	 * over.
   2825 	 */
   2826 	if (spa->spa_autoreplace && state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
   2827 		spa_check_removed(spa->spa_root_vdev);
   2828 		/*
   2829 		 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
   2830 		 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
   2831 		 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
   2832 		 */
   2833 		if (state != SPA_LOAD_IMPORT) {
   2834 			spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
   2835 			spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
   2836 		}
   2837 	}
   2838 
   2839 	/*
   2840 	 * Load the vdev state for all toplevel vdevs.
   2841 	 */
   2842 	vdev_load(rvd);
   2843 
   2844 	/*
   2845 	 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the tree.
   2846 	 */
   2847 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   2848 	vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd, 0, 0, B_FALSE);
   2849 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   2850 
   2851 	/*
   2852 	 * Load the DDTs (dedup tables).
   2853 	 */
   2854 	error = ddt_load(spa);
   2855 	if (error != 0)
   2856 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2857 
   2858 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
   2859 
   2860 	/*
   2861 	 * Validate the config, using the MOS config to fill in any
   2862 	 * information which might be missing.  If we fail to validate
   2863 	 * the config then declare the pool unfit for use. If we're
   2864 	 * assembling a pool from a split, the log is not transferred
   2865 	 * over.
   2866 	 */
   2867 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
   2868 		nvlist_t *nvconfig;
   2869 
   2870 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &nvconfig) != 0)
   2871 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
   2872 
   2873 		if (!spa_config_valid(spa, nvconfig)) {
   2874 			nvlist_free(nvconfig);
   2875 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM,
   2876 			    ENXIO));
   2877 		}
   2878 		nvlist_free(nvconfig);
   2879 
   2880 		/*
   2881 		 * Now that we've validated the config, check the state of the
   2882 		 * root vdev.  If it can't be opened, it indicates one or
   2883 		 * more toplevel vdevs are faulted.
   2884 		 */
   2885 		if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN)
   2886 			return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
   2887 
   2888 		if (spa_writeable(spa) && spa_check_logs(spa)) {
   2889 			*ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY;
   2890 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG, ENXIO));
   2891 		}
   2892 	}
   2893 
   2894 	if (missing_feat_write) {
   2895 		ASSERT(state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
   2896 
   2897 		/*
   2898 		 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
   2899 		 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
   2900 		 * information and can return to userland.
   2901 		 */
   2902 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT, ENOTSUP));
   2903 	}
   2904 
   2905 	/*
   2906 	 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
   2907 	 * to start pushing transactions.
   2908 	 */
   2909 	if (state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
   2910 		if (error = spa_load_verify(spa))
   2911 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
   2912 			    error));
   2913 	}
   2914 
   2915 	if (spa_writeable(spa) && (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
   2916 	    spa->spa_load_max_txg == UINT64_MAX)) {
   2917 		dmu_tx_t *tx;
   2918 		int need_update = B_FALSE;
   2919 		dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
   2920 
   2921 		ASSERT(state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
   2922 
   2923 		/*
   2924 		 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
   2925 		 * This must all happen in a single txg.
   2926 		 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
   2927 		 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
   2928 		 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
   2929 		 */
   2930 		spa->spa_claiming = B_TRUE;
   2931 
   2932 		tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, spa_first_txg(spa));
   2933 		(void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
   2934 		    zil_claim, tx, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
   2935 		dmu_tx_commit(tx);
   2936 
   2937 		spa->spa_claiming = B_FALSE;
   2938 
   2939 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_GOOD);
   2940 		spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
   2941 		txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
   2942 
   2943 		/*
   2944 		 * Wait for all claims to sync.  We sync up to the highest
   2945 		 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
   2946 		 * don't appear to be from the future.  spa_claim_max_txg
   2947 		 * will have been set for us by either zil_check_log_chain()
   2948 		 * (invoked from spa_check_logs()) or zil_claim() above.
   2949 		 */
   2950 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, spa->spa_claim_max_txg);
   2951 
   2952 		/*
   2953 		 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
   2954 		 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
   2955 		 *
   2956 		 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
   2957 		 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
   2958 		 */
   2959 		if (config_cache_txg != spa->spa_config_txg ||
   2960 		    state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
   2961 		    state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
   2962 		    (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM))
   2963 			need_update = B_TRUE;
   2964 
   2965 		for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++)
   2966 			if (rvd->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ms_array == 0)
   2967 				need_update = B_TRUE;
   2968 
   2969 		/*
   2970 		 * Update the config cache asychronously in case we're the
   2971 		 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
   2972 		 */
   2973 		if (need_update)
   2974 			spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
   2975 
   2976 		/*
   2977 		 * Check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
   2978 		 */
   2979 		if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool) &&
   2980 		    vdev_resilver_needed(rvd, NULL, NULL))
   2981 			spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER);
   2982 
   2983 		/*
   2984 		 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
   2985 		 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
   2986 		 */
   2987 		spa_history_log_version(spa, "open");
   2988 
   2989 		/*
   2990 		 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
   2991 		 */
   2992 		(void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa),
   2993 		    dsl_destroy_inconsistent, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
   2994 
   2995 		/*
   2996 		 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
   2997 		 */
   2998 		dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
   2999 	}
   3000 
   3001 	return (0);
   3002 }
   3003 
   3004 static int
   3005 spa_load_retry(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, int mosconfig)
   3006 {
   3007 	int mode = spa->spa_mode;
   3008 
   3009 	spa_unload(spa);
   3010 	spa_deactivate(spa);
   3011 
   3012 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg - 1;
   3013 
   3014 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
   3015 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
   3016 
   3017 	return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, mosconfig));
   3018 }
   3019 
   3020 /*
   3021  * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
   3022  * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
   3023  * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
   3024  * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
   3025  * spa_load().
   3026  */
   3027 static int
   3028 spa_load_best(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, int mosconfig,
   3029     uint64_t max_request, int rewind_flags)
   3030 {
   3031 	nvlist_t *loadinfo = NULL;
   3032 	nvlist_t *config = NULL;
   3033 	int load_error, rewind_error;
   3034 	uint64_t safe_rewind_txg;
   3035 	uint64_t min_txg;
   3036 
   3037 	if (spa->spa_load_txg && state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
   3038 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_load_txg;
   3039 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
   3040 	} else {
   3041 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = max_request;
   3042 		if (max_request != UINT64_MAX)
   3043 			spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
   3044 	}
   3045 
   3046 	load_error = rewind_error = spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING,
   3047 	    mosconfig);
   3048 	if (load_error == 0)
   3049 		return (0);
   3050 
   3051 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL)
   3052 		config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
   3053 
   3054 	spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
   3055 	spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
   3056 
   3057 	if (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND) {
   3058 		nvlist_free(config);
   3059 		return (load_error);
   3060 	}
   3061 
   3062 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
   3063 		/* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
   3064 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
   3065 	} else {
   3066 		/*
   3067 		 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
   3068 		 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
   3069 		 * to rewind.
   3070 		 */
   3071 		loadinfo = spa->spa_load_info;
   3072 		spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
   3073 	}
   3074 
   3075 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg;
   3076 	safe_rewind_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg - TXG_DEFER_SIZE;
   3077 	min_txg = (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND) ?
   3078 	    TXG_INITIAL : safe_rewind_txg;
   3079 
   3080 	/*
   3081 	 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
   3082 	 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
   3083 	 */
   3084 	while (rewind_error && spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg >= min_txg &&
   3085 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg <= spa->spa_load_max_txg) {
   3086 		if (spa->spa_load_max_txg < safe_rewind_txg)
   3087 			spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
   3088 		rewind_error = spa_load_retry(spa, state, mosconfig);
   3089 	}
   3090 
   3091 	spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_FALSE;
   3092 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = UINT64_MAX;
   3093 
   3094 	if (config && (rewind_error || state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER))
   3095 		spa_config_set(spa, config);
   3096 
   3097 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
   3098 		ASSERT3P(loadinfo, ==, NULL);
   3099 		return (rewind_error);
   3100 	} else {
   3101 		/* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
   3102 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO,
   3103 		    spa->spa_load_info);
   3104 
   3105 		/* Restore the initial load info */
   3106 		fnvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
   3107 		spa->spa_load_info = loadinfo;
   3108 
   3109 		return (load_error);
   3110 	}
   3111 }
   3112 
   3113 /*
   3114  * Pool Open/Import
   3115  *
   3116  * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
   3117  * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache.  For the
   3118  * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
   3119  * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
   3120  *
   3121  * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
   3122  * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
   3123  * ambiguous state.
   3124  */
   3125 static int
   3126 spa_open_common(const char *pool, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *nvpolicy,
   3127     nvlist_t **config)
   3128 {
   3129 	spa_t *spa;
   3130 	spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_OPEN;
   3131 	int error;
   3132 	int locked = B_FALSE;
   3133 	int firstopen = B_FALSE;
   3134 
   3135 	*spapp = NULL;
   3136 
   3137 	/*
   3138 	 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
   3139 	 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
   3140 	 * up calling spa_open() again.  The real fix is to figure out how to
   3141 	 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
   3142 	 */
   3143 	if (!mutex_owned(&spa_namespace_lock)) {
   3144 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3145 		locked = B_TRUE;
   3146 	}
   3147 
   3148 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
   3149 		if (locked)
   3150 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3151 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
   3152 	}
   3153 
   3154 	if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
   3155 		zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
   3156 
   3157 		firstopen = B_TRUE;
   3158 
   3159 		zpool_get_rewind_policy(nvpolicy ? nvpolicy : spa->spa_config,
   3160 		    &policy);
   3161 		if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
   3162 			state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
   3163 
   3164 		spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
   3165 
   3166 		if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
   3167 			spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
   3168 
   3169 		error = spa_load_best(spa, state, B_FALSE, policy.zrp_txg,
   3170 		    policy.zrp_request);
   3171 
   3172 		if (error == EBADF) {
   3173 			/*
   3174 			 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
   3175 			 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
   3176 			 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed.  If
   3177 			 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
   3178 			 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
   3179 			 */
   3180 			spa_unload(spa);
   3181 			spa_deactivate(spa);
   3182 			spa_config_sync(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
   3183 			spa_remove(spa);
   3184 			if (locked)
   3185 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3186 			return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
   3187 		}
   3188 
   3189 		if (error) {
   3190 			/*
   3191 			 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
   3192 			 * information: the state of each vdev after the
   3193 			 * attempted vdev_open().  Return this to the user.
   3194 			 */
   3195 			if (config != NULL && spa->spa_config) {
   3196 				VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, config,
   3197 				    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   3198 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config,
   3199 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
   3200 				    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
   3201 			}
   3202 			spa_unload(spa);
   3203 			spa_deactivate(spa);
   3204 			spa->spa_last_open_failed = error;
   3205 			if (locked)
   3206 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3207 			*spapp = NULL;
   3208 			return (error);
   3209 		}
   3210 	}
   3211 
   3212 	spa_open_ref(spa, tag);
   3213 
   3214 	if (config != NULL)
   3215 		*config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
   3216 
   3217 	/*
   3218 	 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
   3219 	 * gathered while doing the load.
   3220 	 */
   3221 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
   3222 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
   3223 		    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
   3224 	}
   3225 
   3226 	if (locked) {
   3227 		spa->spa_last_open_failed = 0;
   3228 		spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = 0;
   3229 		spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
   3230 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3231 #if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__)
   3232 #ifdef _KERNEL
   3233 		if (firstopen)
   3234 			zvol_create_minors(spa->spa_name);
   3235 #endif
   3236 #endif
   3237 	}
   3238 
   3239 	*spapp = spa;
   3240 
   3241 	return (0);
   3242 }
   3243 
   3244 int
   3245 spa_open_rewind(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *policy,
   3246     nvlist_t **config)
   3247 {
   3248 	return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, policy, config));
   3249 }
   3250 
   3251 int
   3252 spa_open(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag)
   3253 {
   3254 	return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, NULL, NULL));
   3255 }
   3256 
   3257 /*
   3258  * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
   3259  * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
   3260  */
   3261 spa_t *
   3262 spa_inject_addref(char *name)
   3263 {
   3264 	spa_t *spa;
   3265 
   3266 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3267 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
   3268 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3269 		return (NULL);
   3270 	}
   3271 	spa->spa_inject_ref++;
   3272 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3273 
   3274 	return (spa);
   3275 }
   3276 
   3277 void
   3278 spa_inject_delref(spa_t *spa)
   3279 {
   3280 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3281 	spa->spa_inject_ref--;
   3282 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3283 }
   3284 
   3285 /*
   3286  * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
   3287  */
   3288 static void
   3289 spa_add_spares(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
   3290 {
   3291 	nvlist_t **spares;
   3292 	uint_t i, nspares;
   3293 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
   3294 	uint64_t guid;
   3295 	vdev_stat_t *vs;
   3296 	uint_t vsc;
   3297 	uint64_t pool;
   3298 
   3299 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
   3300 
   3301 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_count == 0)
   3302 		return;
   3303 
   3304 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
   3305 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
   3306 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
   3307 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
   3308 	if (nspares != 0) {
   3309 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
   3310 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
   3311 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
   3312 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
   3313 
   3314 		/*
   3315 		 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
   3316 		 * repurposed as an active spare.  If this is the case, update
   3317 		 * their status appropriately.
   3318 		 */
   3319 		for (i = 0; i < nspares; i++) {
   3320 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares[i],
   3321 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
   3322 			if (spa_spare_exists(guid, &pool, NULL) &&
   3323 			    pool != 0ULL) {
   3324 				VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
   3325 				    spares[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS,
   3326 				    (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc) == 0);
   3327 				vs->vs_state = VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN;
   3328 				vs->vs_aux = VDEV_AUX_SPARED;
   3329 			}
   3330 		}
   3331 	}
   3332 }
   3333 
   3334 /*
   3335  * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
   3336  */
   3337 static void
   3338 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
   3339 {
   3340 	nvlist_t **l2cache;
   3341 	uint_t i, j, nl2cache;
   3342 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
   3343 	uint64_t guid;
   3344 	vdev_t *vd;
   3345 	vdev_stat_t *vs;
   3346 	uint_t vsc;
   3347 
   3348 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
   3349 
   3350 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count == 0)
   3351 		return;
   3352 
   3353 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
   3354 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
   3355 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
   3356 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
   3357 	if (nl2cache != 0) {
   3358 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
   3359 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
   3360 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
   3361 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
   3362 
   3363 		/*
   3364 		 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
   3365 		 */
   3366 
   3367 		for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
   3368 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i],
   3369 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
   3370 
   3371 			vd = NULL;
   3372 			for (j = 0; j < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; j++) {
   3373 				if (guid ==
   3374 				    spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j]->vdev_guid) {
   3375 					vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j];
   3376 					break;
   3377 				}
   3378 			}
   3379 			ASSERT(vd != NULL);
   3380 
   3381 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache[i],
   3382 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc)
   3383 			    == 0);
   3384 			vdev_get_stats(vd, vs);
   3385 		}
   3386 	}
   3387 }
   3388 
   3389 static void
   3390 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
   3391 {
   3392 	nvlist_t *features;
   3393 	zap_cursor_t zc;
   3394 	zap_attribute_t za;
   3395 
   3396 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
   3397 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&features, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   3398 
   3399 	/* We may be unable to read features if pool is suspended. */
   3400 	if (spa_suspended(spa))
   3401 		goto out;
   3402 
   3403 	if (spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj != 0) {
   3404 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
   3405 		    spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj);
   3406 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
   3407 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
   3408 			ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
   3409 			    za.za_num_integers == 1);
   3410 			VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
   3411 			    za.za_first_integer));
   3412 		}
   3413 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
   3414 	}
   3415 
   3416 	if (spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj != 0) {
   3417 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
   3418 		    spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj);
   3419 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
   3420 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
   3421 			ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
   3422 			    za.za_num_integers == 1);
   3423 			VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
   3424 			    za.za_first_integer));
   3425 		}
   3426 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
   3427 	}
   3428 
   3429 out:
   3430 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS,
   3431 	    features) == 0);
   3432 	nvlist_free(features);
   3433 }
   3434 
   3435 int
   3436 spa_get_stats(const char *name, nvlist_t **config,
   3437     char *altroot, size_t buflen)
   3438 {
   3439 	int error;
   3440 	spa_t *spa;
   3441 
   3442 	*config = NULL;
   3443 	error = spa_open_common(name, &spa, FTAG, NULL, config);
   3444 
   3445 	if (spa != NULL) {
   3446 		/*
   3447 		 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
   3448 		 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
   3449 		 * self-inconsistent.
   3450 		 */
   3451 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
   3452 
   3453 		if (*config != NULL) {
   3454 			uint64_t loadtimes[2];
   3455 
   3456 			loadtimes[0] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec;
   3457 			loadtimes[1] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec;
   3458 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config,
   3459 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME, loadtimes, 2) == 0);
   3460 
   3461 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
   3462 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT,
   3463 			    spa_get_errlog_size(spa)) == 0);
   3464 
   3465 			if (spa_suspended(spa))
   3466 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
   3467 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED,
   3468 				    spa->spa_failmode) == 0);
   3469 
   3470 			spa_add_spares(spa, *config);
   3471 			spa_add_l2cache(spa, *config);
   3472 			spa_add_feature_stats(spa, *config);
   3473 		}
   3474 	}
   3475 
   3476 	/*
   3477 	 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
   3478 	 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
   3479 	 */
   3480 	if (altroot) {
   3481 		if (spa == NULL) {
   3482 			mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3483 			spa = spa_lookup(name);
   3484 			if (spa)
   3485 				spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
   3486 			else
   3487 				altroot[0] = '\0';
   3488 			spa = NULL;
   3489 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3490 		} else {
   3491 			spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
   3492 		}
   3493 	}
   3494 
   3495 	if (spa != NULL) {
   3496 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
   3497 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
   3498 	}
   3499 
   3500 	return (error);
   3501 }
   3502 
   3503 /*
   3504  * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed.  We must have an
   3505  * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev.  If this is an
   3506  * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
   3507  * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
   3508  */
   3509 static int
   3510 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode,
   3511     spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, const char *config, uint64_t version,
   3512     vdev_labeltype_t label)
   3513 {
   3514 	nvlist_t **dev;
   3515 	uint_t i, ndev;
   3516 	vdev_t *vd;
   3517 	int error;
   3518 
   3519 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
   3520 
   3521 	/*
   3522 	 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
   3523 	 */
   3524 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, &dev, &ndev) != 0)
   3525 		return (0);
   3526 
   3527 	if (ndev == 0)
   3528 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
   3529 
   3530 	/*
   3531 	 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
   3532 	 * device type.
   3533 	 */
   3534 	if (spa_version(spa) < version)
   3535 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
   3536 
   3537 	/*
   3538 	 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
   3539 	 * checking.
   3540 	 */
   3541 	sav->sav_pending = dev;
   3542 	sav->sav_npending = ndev;
   3543 
   3544 	for (i = 0; i < ndev; i++) {
   3545 		if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, dev[i], NULL, 0,
   3546 		    mode)) != 0)
   3547 			goto out;
   3548 
   3549 		if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
   3550 			vdev_free(vd);
   3551 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
   3552 			goto out;
   3553 		}
   3554 
   3555 		/*
   3556 		 * The L2ARC currently only supports disk devices in
   3557 		 * kernel context.  For user-level testing, we allow it.
   3558 		 */
   3559 #ifdef _KERNEL
   3560 		if ((strcmp(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE) == 0) &&
   3561 		    strcmp(vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_type, VDEV_TYPE_DISK) != 0) {
   3562 			error = SET_ERROR(ENOTBLK);
   3563 			vdev_free(vd);
   3564 			goto out;
   3565 		}
   3566 #endif
   3567 		vd->vdev_top = vd;
   3568 
   3569 		if ((error = vdev_open(vd)) == 0 &&
   3570 		    (error = vdev_label_init(vd, crtxg, label)) == 0) {
   3571 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
   3572 			    vd->vdev_guid) == 0);
   3573 		}
   3574 
   3575 		vdev_free(vd);
   3576 
   3577 		if (error &&
   3578 		    (mode != VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE && mode != VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE))
   3579 			goto out;
   3580 		else
   3581 			error = 0;
   3582 	}
   3583 
   3584 out:
   3585 	sav->sav_pending = NULL;
   3586 	sav->sav_npending = 0;
   3587 	return (error);
   3588 }
   3589 
   3590 static int
   3591 spa_validate_aux(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode)
   3592 {
   3593 	int error;
   3594 
   3595 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
   3596 
   3597 	if ((error = spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
   3598 	    &spa->spa_spares, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, SPA_VERSION_SPARES,
   3599 	    VDEV_LABEL_SPARE)) != 0) {
   3600 		return (error);
   3601 	}
   3602 
   3603 	return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
   3604 	    &spa->spa_l2cache, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE,
   3605 	    VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE));
   3606 }
   3607 
   3608 static void
   3609 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, nvlist_t **devs, int ndevs,
   3610     const char *config)
   3611 {
   3612 	int i;
   3613 
   3614 	if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
   3615 		nvlist_t **olddevs;
   3616 		uint_t oldndevs;
   3617 		nvlist_t **newdevs;
   3618 
   3619 		/*
   3620 		 * Generate new dev list by concatentating with the
   3621 		 * current dev list.
   3622 		 */
   3623 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
   3624 		    &olddevs, &oldndevs) == 0);
   3625 
   3626 		newdevs = kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
   3627 		    (ndevs + oldndevs), KM_SLEEP);
   3628 		for (i = 0; i < oldndevs; i++)
   3629 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs[i], &newdevs[i],
   3630 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   3631 		for (i = 0; i < ndevs; i++)
   3632 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs[i], &newdevs[i + oldndevs],
   3633 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   3634 
   3635 		VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, config,
   3636 		    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
   3637 
   3638 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
   3639 		    config, newdevs, ndevs + oldndevs) == 0);
   3640 		for (i = 0; i < oldndevs + ndevs; i++)
   3641 			nvlist_free(newdevs[i]);
   3642 		kmem_free(newdevs, (oldndevs + ndevs) * sizeof (void *));
   3643 	} else {
   3644 		/*
   3645 		 * Generate a new dev list.
   3646 		 */
   3647 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav->sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
   3648 		    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   3649 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
   3650 		    devs, ndevs) == 0);
   3651 	}
   3652 }
   3653 
   3654 /*
   3655  * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
   3656  */
   3657 void
   3658 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t *spa)
   3659 {
   3660 	vdev_t *vd;
   3661 	int i;
   3662 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
   3663 
   3664 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
   3665 		uint64_t pool;
   3666 
   3667 		vd = sav->sav_vdevs[i];
   3668 		ASSERT(vd != NULL);
   3669 
   3670 		if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
   3671 		    pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
   3672 			l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
   3673 	}
   3674 }
   3675 
   3676 /*
   3677  * Pool Creation
   3678  */
   3679 int
   3680 spa_create(const char *pool, nvlist_t *nvroot, nvlist_t *props,
   3681     nvlist_t *zplprops)
   3682 {
   3683 	spa_t *spa;
   3684 	char *altroot = NULL;
   3685 	vdev_t *rvd;
   3686 	dsl_pool_t *dp;
   3687 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
   3688 	int error = 0;
   3689 	uint64_t txg = TXG_INITIAL;
   3690 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
   3691 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
   3692 	uint64_t version, obj;
   3693 	boolean_t has_features;
   3694 
   3695 	/*
   3696 	 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
   3697 	 */
   3698 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3699 	if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
   3700 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3701 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
   3702 	}
   3703 
   3704 	/*
   3705 	 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
   3706 	 */
   3707 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
   3708 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
   3709 	spa = spa_add(pool, NULL, altroot);
   3710 	spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
   3711 
   3712 	if (props && (error = spa_prop_validate(spa, props))) {
   3713 		spa_deactivate(spa);
   3714 		spa_remove(spa);
   3715 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3716 		return (error);
   3717 	}
   3718 
   3719 	has_features = B_FALSE;
   3720 	for (nvpair_t *elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, NULL);
   3721 	    elem != NULL; elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) {
   3722 		if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)))
   3723 			has_features = B_TRUE;
   3724 	}
   3725 
   3726 	if (has_features || nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
   3727 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION), &version) != 0) {
   3728 		version = SPA_VERSION;
   3729 	}
   3730 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
   3731 
   3732 	spa->spa_first_txg = txg;
   3733 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg = txg - 1;
   3734 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
   3735 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
   3736 	spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_CREATE;
   3737 
   3738 	/*
   3739 	 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
   3740 	 */
   3741 	spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
   3742 	    KM_SLEEP);
   3743 	for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
   3744 		spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
   3745 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
   3746 		    ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
   3747 	}
   3748 
   3749 	/*
   3750 	 * Create the root vdev.
   3751 	 */
   3752 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   3753 
   3754 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD);
   3755 
   3756 	ASSERT(error != 0 || rvd != NULL);
   3757 	ASSERT(error != 0 || spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
   3758 
   3759 	if (error == 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot))
   3760 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
   3761 
   3762 	if (error == 0 &&
   3763 	    (error = vdev_create(rvd, txg, B_FALSE)) == 0 &&
   3764 	    (error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg,
   3765 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) == 0) {
   3766 		for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
   3767 			vdev_ashift_optimize(rvd->vdev_child[c]);
   3768 			vdev_metaslab_set_size(rvd->vdev_child[c]);
   3769 			vdev_expand(rvd->vdev_child[c], txg);
   3770 		}
   3771 	}
   3772 
   3773 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   3774 
   3775 	if (error != 0) {
   3776 		spa_unload(spa);
   3777 		spa_deactivate(spa);
   3778 		spa_remove(spa);
   3779 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3780 		return (error);
   3781 	}
   3782 
   3783 	/*
   3784 	 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
   3785 	 */
   3786 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
   3787 	    &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
   3788 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
   3789 		    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   3790 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
   3791 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
   3792 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   3793 		spa_load_spares(spa);
   3794 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   3795 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
   3796 	}
   3797 
   3798 	/*
   3799 	 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
   3800 	 */
   3801 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
   3802 	    &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
   3803 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
   3804 		    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   3805 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
   3806 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
   3807 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   3808 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
   3809 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   3810 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
   3811 	}
   3812 
   3813 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
   3814 	spa->spa_dsl_pool = dp = dsl_pool_create(spa, zplprops, txg);
   3815 	spa->spa_meta_objset = dp->dp_meta_objset;
   3816 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
   3817 
   3818 	/*
   3819 	 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
   3820 	 */
   3821 	ddt_create(spa);
   3822 
   3823 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
   3824 
   3825 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
   3826 
   3827 	/*
   3828 	 * Create the pool config object.
   3829 	 */
   3830 	spa->spa_config_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   3831 	    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE,
   3832 	    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE, sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
   3833 
   3834 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   3835 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CONFIG,
   3836 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_config_object, tx) != 0) {
   3837 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool config");
   3838 	}
   3839 
   3840 	if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES)
   3841 		spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
   3842 
   3843 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   3844 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
   3845 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version, tx) != 0) {
   3846 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool version");
   3847 	}
   3848 
   3849 	/* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
   3850 	if (version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
   3851 		spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
   3852 		if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   3853 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
   3854 		    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx) != 0) {
   3855 			cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add deflate");
   3856 		}
   3857 	}
   3858 
   3859 	/*
   3860 	 * Create the deferred-free bpobj.  Turn off compression
   3861 	 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
   3862 	 * keeps changing.
   3863 	 */
   3864 	obj = bpobj_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 1 << 14, tx);
   3865 	dmu_object_set_compress(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj,
   3866 	    ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF, tx);
   3867 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   3868 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ,
   3869 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj, tx) != 0) {
   3870 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add bpobj");
   3871 	}
   3872 	VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
   3873 	    spa->spa_meta_objset, obj));
   3874 
   3875 	/*
   3876 	 * Create the pool's history object.
   3877 	 */
   3878 	if (version >= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY)
   3879 		spa_history_create_obj(spa, tx);
   3880 
   3881 	/*
   3882 	 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
   3883 	 */
   3884 	(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
   3885 	    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
   3886 
   3887 	/*
   3888 	 * Set pool properties.
   3889 	 */
   3890 	spa->spa_bootfs = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
   3891 	spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
   3892 	spa->spa_failmode = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE);
   3893 	spa->spa_autoexpand = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND);
   3894 
   3895 	if (props != NULL) {
   3896 		spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
   3897 		spa_sync_props(props, tx);
   3898 	}
   3899 
   3900 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
   3901 
   3902 	spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
   3903 	txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
   3904 
   3905 	/*
   3906 	 * We explicitly wait for the first transaction to complete so that our
   3907 	 * bean counters are appropriately updated.
   3908 	 */
   3909 	txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, txg);
   3910 
   3911 	spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
   3912 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE);
   3913 
   3914 	spa_history_log_version(spa, "create");
   3915 
   3916 	/*
   3917 	 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
   3918 	 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
   3919 	 */
   3920 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
   3921 	spa->spa_minref = refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
   3922 	spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_NONE;
   3923 
   3924 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   3925 
   3926 	return (0);
   3927 }
   3928 
   3929 #ifndef __NetBSD__
   3930 #ifdef _KERNEL
   3931 #ifdef illumos
   3932 /*
   3933  * Get the root pool information from the root disk, then import the root pool
   3934  * during the system boot up time.
   3935  */
   3936 extern int vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(char *, char *, nvlist_t **);
   3937 
   3938 static nvlist_t *
   3939 spa_generate_rootconf(char *devpath, char *devid, uint64_t *guid)
   3940 {
   3941 	nvlist_t *config;
   3942 	nvlist_t *nvtop, *nvroot;
   3943 	uint64_t pgid;
   3944 
   3945 	if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(devpath, devid, &config) != 0)
   3946 		return (NULL);
   3947 
   3948 	/*
   3949 	 * Add this top-level vdev to the child array.
   3950 	 */
   3951 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
   3952 	    &nvtop) == 0);
   3953 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
   3954 	    &pgid) == 0);
   3955 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, guid) == 0);
   3956 
   3957 	/*
   3958 	 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
   3959 	 */
   3960 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   3961 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
   3962 	    VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
   3963 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
   3964 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
   3965 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
   3966 	    &nvtop, 1) == 0);
   3967 
   3968 	/*
   3969 	 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
   3970 	 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
   3971 	 */
   3972 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
   3973 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
   3974 	return (config);
   3975 }
   3976 
   3977 /*
   3978  * Walk the vdev tree and see if we can find a device with "better"
   3979  * configuration. A configuration is "better" if the label on that
   3980  * device has a more recent txg.
   3981  */
   3982 static void
   3983 spa_alt_rootvdev(vdev_t *vd, vdev_t **avd, uint64_t *txg)
   3984 {
   3985 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
   3986 		spa_alt_rootvdev(vd->vdev_child[c], avd, txg);
   3987 
   3988 	if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
   3989 		nvlist_t *label;
   3990 		uint64_t label_txg;
   3991 
   3992 		if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(vd->vdev_physpath, vd->vdev_devid,
   3993 		    &label) != 0)
   3994 			return;
   3995 
   3996 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
   3997 		    &label_txg) == 0);
   3998 
   3999 		/*
   4000 		 * Do we have a better boot device?
   4001 		 */
   4002 		if (label_txg > *txg) {
   4003 			*txg = label_txg;
   4004 			*avd = vd;
   4005 		}
   4006 		nvlist_free(label);
   4007 	}
   4008 }
   4009 
   4010 /*
   4011  * Import a root pool.
   4012  *
   4013  * For x86. devpath_list will consist of devid and/or physpath name of
   4014  * the vdev (e.g. "id1,sd (at) SSEAGATE..." or "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a").
   4015  * The GRUB "findroot" command will return the vdev we should boot.
   4016  *
   4017  * For Sparc, devpath_list consists the physpath name of the booting device
   4018  * no matter the rootpool is a single device pool or a mirrored pool.
   4019  * e.g.
   4020  *	"/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a"
   4021  */
   4022 int
   4023 spa_import_rootpool(char *devpath, char *devid)
   4024 {
   4025 	spa_t *spa;
   4026 	vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
   4027 	nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
   4028 	uint64_t guid, txg;
   4029 	char *pname;
   4030 	int error;
   4031 
   4032 	/*
   4033 	 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
   4034 	 */
   4035 	config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
   4036 #if defined(_OBP) && defined(_KERNEL)
   4037 	if (config == NULL) {
   4038 		if (strstr(devpath, "/iscsi/ssd") != NULL) {
   4039 			/* iscsi boot */
   4040 			get_iscsi_bootpath_phy(devpath);
   4041 			config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
   4042 		}
   4043 	}
   4044 #endif
   4045 	if (config == NULL) {
   4046 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot read the pool label from '%s'",
   4047 		    devpath);
   4048 		return (SET_ERROR(EIO));
   4049 	}
   4050 
   4051 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
   4052 	    &pname) == 0);
   4053 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg) == 0);
   4054 
   4055 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4056 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
   4057 		/*
   4058 		 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so that we
   4059 		 * can replace it with the correct config we just read in.
   4060 		 */
   4061 		spa_remove(spa);
   4062 	}
   4063 
   4064 	spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
   4065 	spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
   4066 	spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
   4067 
   4068 	/*
   4069 	 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
   4070 	 */
   4071 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
   4072 	    &nvtop) == 0);
   4073 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   4074 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
   4075 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
   4076 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   4077 	if (error) {
   4078 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4079 		nvlist_free(config);
   4080 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
   4081 		    pname);
   4082 		return (error);
   4083 	}
   4084 
   4085 	/*
   4086 	 * Get the boot vdev.
   4087 	 */
   4088 	if ((bvd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(rvd, guid)) == NULL) {
   4089 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not find the boot vdev for guid %llu",
   4090 		    (u_longlong_t)guid);
   4091 		error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
   4092 		goto out;
   4093 	}
   4094 
   4095 	/*
   4096 	 * Determine if there is a better boot device.
   4097 	 */
   4098 	avd = bvd;
   4099 	spa_alt_rootvdev(rvd, &avd, &txg);
   4100 	if (avd != bvd) {
   4101 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is 'degraded'. Please "
   4102 		    "try booting from '%s'", avd->vdev_path);
   4103 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
   4104 		goto out;
   4105 	}
   4106 
   4107 	/*
   4108 	 * If the boot device is part of a spare vdev then ensure that
   4109 	 * we're booting off the active spare.
   4110 	 */
   4111 	if (bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
   4112 	    !bvd->vdev_isspare) {
   4113 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is currently spared. Please "
   4114 		    "try booting from '%s'",
   4115 		    bvd->vdev_parent->
   4116 		    vdev_child[bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_path);
   4117 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
   4118 		goto out;
   4119 	}
   4120 
   4121 	error = 0;
   4122 out:
   4123 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   4124 	vdev_free(rvd);
   4125 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   4126 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4127 
   4128 	nvlist_free(config);
   4129 	return (error);
   4130 }
   4131 
   4132 #else	/* !illumos */
   4133 
   4134 extern int vdev_geom_read_pool_label(const char *name, nvlist_t ***configs,
   4135     uint64_t *count);
   4136 
   4137 static nvlist_t *
   4138 spa_generate_rootconf(const char *name)
   4139 {
   4140 	nvlist_t **configs, **tops;
   4141 	nvlist_t *config;
   4142 	nvlist_t *best_cfg, *nvtop, *nvroot;
   4143 	uint64_t *holes;
   4144 	uint64_t best_txg;
   4145 	uint64_t nchildren;
   4146 	uint64_t pgid;
   4147 	uint64_t count;
   4148 	uint64_t i;
   4149 	uint_t   nholes;
   4150 
   4151 	if (vdev_geom_read_pool_label(name, &configs, &count) != 0)
   4152 		return (NULL);
   4153 
   4154 	ASSERT3U(count, !=, 0);
   4155 	best_txg = 0;
   4156 	for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
   4157 		uint64_t txg;
   4158 
   4159 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(configs[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
   4160 		    &txg) == 0);
   4161 		if (txg > best_txg) {
   4162 			best_txg = txg;
   4163 			best_cfg = configs[i];
   4164 		}
   4165 	}
   4166 
   4167 	nchildren = 1;
   4168 	nvlist_lookup_uint64(best_cfg, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN, &nchildren);
   4169 	holes = NULL;
   4170 	nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(best_cfg, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOLE_ARRAY,
   4171 	    &holes, &nholes);
   4172 
   4173 	tops = kmem_zalloc(nchildren * sizeof(void *), KM_SLEEP);
   4174 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++) {
   4175 		if (i >= count)
   4176 			break;
   4177 		if (configs[i] == NULL)
   4178 			continue;
   4179 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(configs[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
   4180 		    &nvtop) == 0);
   4181 		nvlist_dup(nvtop, &tops[i], KM_SLEEP);
   4182 	}
   4183 	for (i = 0; holes != NULL && i < nholes; i++) {
   4184 		if (i >= nchildren)
   4185 			continue;
   4186 		if (tops[holes[i]] != NULL)
   4187 			continue;
   4188 		nvlist_alloc(&tops[holes[i]], NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP);
   4189 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
   4190 		    VDEV_TYPE_HOLE) == 0);
   4191 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID,
   4192 		    holes[i]) == 0);
   4193 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
   4194 		    0) == 0);
   4195 	}
   4196 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++) {
   4197 		if (tops[i] != NULL)
   4198 			continue;
   4199 		nvlist_alloc(&tops[i], NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP);
   4200 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
   4201 		    VDEV_TYPE_MISSING) == 0);
   4202 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID,
   4203 		    i) == 0);
   4204 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
   4205 		    0) == 0);
   4206 	}
   4207 
   4208 	/*
   4209 	 * Create pool config based on the best vdev config.
   4210 	 */
   4211 	nvlist_dup(best_cfg, &config, KM_SLEEP);
   4212 
   4213 	/*
   4214 	 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
   4215 	 */
   4216 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
   4217 	    &pgid) == 0);
   4218 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   4219 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
   4220 	    VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
   4221 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
   4222 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
   4223 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
   4224 	    tops, nchildren) == 0);
   4225 
   4226 	/*
   4227 	 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
   4228 	 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
   4229 	 */
   4230 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
   4231 
   4232 	/*
   4233 	 * Drop vdev config elements that should not be present at pool level.
   4234 	 */
   4235 	nvlist_remove(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, DATA_TYPE_UINT64);
   4236 	nvlist_remove(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TOP_GUID, DATA_TYPE_UINT64);
   4237 
   4238 	for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
   4239 		nvlist_free(configs[i]);
   4240 	kmem_free(configs, count * sizeof(void *));
   4241 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++)
   4242 		nvlist_free(tops[i]);
   4243 	kmem_free(tops, nchildren * sizeof(void *));
   4244 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
   4245 	return (config);
   4246 }
   4247 
   4248 int
   4249 spa_import_rootpool(const char *name)
   4250 {
   4251 	spa_t *spa;
   4252 	vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
   4253 	nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
   4254 	uint64_t txg;
   4255 	char *pname;
   4256 	int error;
   4257 
   4258 	/*
   4259 	 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
   4260 	 */
   4261 	config = spa_generate_rootconf(name);
   4262 
   4263 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4264 	if (config != NULL) {
   4265 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
   4266 		    &pname) == 0 && strcmp(name, pname) == 0);
   4267 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg)
   4268 		    == 0);
   4269 
   4270 		if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
   4271 			/*
   4272 			 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so
   4273 			 * that we can replace it with the correct config
   4274 			 * we just read in.
   4275 			 */
   4276 			spa_remove(spa);
   4277 		}
   4278 		spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
   4279 
   4280 		/*
   4281 		 * Set spa_ubsync.ub_version as it can be used in vdev_alloc()
   4282 		 * via spa_version().
   4283 		 */
   4284 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
   4285 		    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
   4286 			spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
   4287 	} else if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
   4288 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4289 		nvlist_free(config);
   4290 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot find the pool label for '%s'",
   4291 		    name);
   4292 		return (EIO);
   4293 	} else {
   4294 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, &config, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   4295 	}
   4296 	spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
   4297 	spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
   4298 
   4299 	/*
   4300 	 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
   4301 	 */
   4302 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
   4303 	    &nvtop) == 0);
   4304 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   4305 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
   4306 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
   4307 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   4308 	if (error) {
   4309 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4310 		nvlist_free(config);
   4311 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
   4312 		    pname);
   4313 		return (error);
   4314 	}
   4315 
   4316 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   4317 	vdev_free(rvd);
   4318 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   4319 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4320 
   4321 	nvlist_free(config);
   4322 	return (0);
   4323 }
   4324 
   4325 #endif	/* illumos */
   4326 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
   4327 #endif	/* !__NetBSD__ */
   4328 
   4329 /*
   4330  * Import a non-root pool into the system.
   4331  */
   4332 int
   4333 spa_import(const char *pool, nvlist_t *config, nvlist_t *props, uint64_t flags)
   4334 {
   4335 	spa_t *spa;
   4336 	char *altroot = NULL;
   4337 	spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_IMPORT;
   4338 	zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
   4339 	uint64_t mode = spa_mode_global;
   4340 	uint64_t readonly = B_FALSE;
   4341 	int error;
   4342 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
   4343 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
   4344 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
   4345 
   4346 	/*
   4347 	 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
   4348 	 */
   4349 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4350 	if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
   4351 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4352 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
   4353 	}
   4354 
   4355 	/*
   4356 	 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
   4357 	 */
   4358 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
   4359 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
   4360 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
   4361 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY), &readonly);
   4362 	if (readonly)
   4363 		mode = FREAD;
   4364 	spa = spa_add(pool, config, altroot);
   4365 	spa->spa_import_flags = flags;
   4366 
   4367 	/*
   4368 	 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
   4369 	 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
   4370 	 */
   4371 	if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM) {
   4372 		if (props != NULL)
   4373 			spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
   4374 
   4375 		spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
   4376 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
   4377 
   4378 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4379 		return (0);
   4380 	}
   4381 
   4382 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
   4383 
   4384 	/*
   4385 	 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
   4386 	 */
   4387 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
   4388 
   4389 	zpool_get_rewind_policy(config, &policy);
   4390 	if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
   4391 		state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
   4392 
   4393 	/*
   4394 	 * Pass off the heavy lifting to spa_load().  Pass TRUE for mosconfig
   4395 	 * because the user-supplied config is actually the one to trust when
   4396 	 * doing an import.
   4397 	 */
   4398 	if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
   4399 		spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
   4400 
   4401 	error = spa_load_best(spa, state, B_TRUE, policy.zrp_txg,
   4402 	    policy.zrp_request);
   4403 
   4404 	/*
   4405 	 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
   4406 	 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
   4407 	 */
   4408 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
   4409 	    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
   4410 
   4411 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   4412 	/*
   4413 	 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
   4414 	 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
   4415 	 */
   4416 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
   4417 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
   4418 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
   4419 		spa_load_spares(spa);
   4420 	}
   4421 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
   4422 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
   4423 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
   4424 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
   4425 	}
   4426 
   4427 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
   4428 	    &nvroot) == 0);
   4429 	if (error == 0)
   4430 		error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
   4431 		    VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE);
   4432 	if (error == 0)
   4433 		error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
   4434 		    VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE);
   4435 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   4436 
   4437 	if (props != NULL)
   4438 		spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
   4439 
   4440 	if (error != 0 || (props && spa_writeable(spa) &&
   4441 	    (error = spa_prop_set(spa, props)))) {
   4442 		spa_unload(spa);
   4443 		spa_deactivate(spa);
   4444 		spa_remove(spa);
   4445 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4446 		return (error);
   4447 	}
   4448 
   4449 	spa_async_resume(spa);
   4450 
   4451 	/*
   4452 	 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
   4453 	 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
   4454 	 */
   4455 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
   4456 	    &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
   4457 		if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config)
   4458 			VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
   4459 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
   4460 		else
   4461 			VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
   4462 			    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   4463 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
   4464 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
   4465 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   4466 		spa_load_spares(spa);
   4467 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   4468 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
   4469 	}
   4470 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
   4471 	    &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
   4472 		if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config)
   4473 			VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
   4474 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
   4475 		else
   4476 			VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
   4477 			    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   4478 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
   4479 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
   4480 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   4481 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
   4482 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   4483 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
   4484 	}
   4485 
   4486 	/*
   4487 	 * Check for any removed devices.
   4488 	 */
   4489 	if (spa->spa_autoreplace) {
   4490 		spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
   4491 		spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
   4492 	}
   4493 
   4494 	if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
   4495 		/*
   4496 		 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
   4497 		 */
   4498 		spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
   4499 	}
   4500 
   4501 	/*
   4502 	 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
   4503 	 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
   4504 	 */
   4505 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
   4506 
   4507 	spa_history_log_version(spa, "import");
   4508 
   4509 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
   4510 
   4511 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4512 
   4513 #if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__)
   4514 #ifdef _KERNEL
   4515 	zvol_create_minors(pool);
   4516 #endif
   4517 #endif
   4518 	return (0);
   4519 }
   4520 
   4521 nvlist_t *
   4522 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t *tryconfig)
   4523 {
   4524 	nvlist_t *config = NULL;
   4525 	char *poolname;
   4526 	spa_t *spa;
   4527 	uint64_t state;
   4528 	int error;
   4529 
   4530 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, &poolname))
   4531 		return (NULL);
   4532 
   4533 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state))
   4534 		return (NULL);
   4535 
   4536 	/*
   4537 	 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
   4538 	 */
   4539 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4540 	spa = spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME, tryconfig, NULL);
   4541 	spa_activate(spa, FREAD);
   4542 
   4543 	/*
   4544 	 * Pass off the heavy lifting to spa_load().
   4545 	 * Pass TRUE for mosconfig because the user-supplied config
   4546 	 * is actually the one to trust when doing an import.
   4547 	 */
   4548 	error = spa_load(spa, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, B_TRUE);
   4549 
   4550 	/*
   4551 	 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
   4552 	 */
   4553 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
   4554 		config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
   4555 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
   4556 		    poolname) == 0);
   4557 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
   4558 		    state) == 0);
   4559 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP,
   4560 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp) == 0);
   4561 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
   4562 		    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
   4563 
   4564 		/*
   4565 		 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
   4566 		 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
   4567 		 * pools are bootable.
   4568 		 */
   4569 		if ((!error || error == EEXIST) && spa->spa_bootfs) {
   4570 			char *tmpname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
   4571 
   4572 			/*
   4573 			 * We have to play games with the name since the
   4574 			 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
   4575 			 */
   4576 			if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa),
   4577 			    spa->spa_bootfs, tmpname) == 0) {
   4578 				char *cp;
   4579 				char *dsname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
   4580 
   4581 				cp = strchr(tmpname, '/');
   4582 				if (cp == NULL) {
   4583 					(void) strlcpy(dsname, tmpname,
   4584 					    MAXPATHLEN);
   4585 				} else {
   4586 					(void) snprintf(dsname, MAXPATHLEN,
   4587 					    "%s/%s", poolname, ++cp);
   4588 				}
   4589 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config,
   4590 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS, dsname) == 0);
   4591 				kmem_free(dsname, MAXPATHLEN);
   4592 			}
   4593 			kmem_free(tmpname, MAXPATHLEN);
   4594 		}
   4595 
   4596 		/*
   4597 		 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
   4598 		 */
   4599 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
   4600 		spa_add_spares(spa, config);
   4601 		spa_add_l2cache(spa, config);
   4602 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
   4603 	}
   4604 
   4605 	spa_unload(spa);
   4606 	spa_deactivate(spa);
   4607 	spa_remove(spa);
   4608 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4609 
   4610 	return (config);
   4611 }
   4612 
   4613 /*
   4614  * Pool export/destroy
   4615  *
   4616  * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple.  We make sure there
   4617  * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone.  Then, we
   4618  * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
   4619  * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
   4620  * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
   4621  */
   4622 static int
   4623 spa_export_common(char *pool, int new_state, nvlist_t **oldconfig,
   4624     boolean_t force, boolean_t hardforce)
   4625 {
   4626 	spa_t *spa;
   4627 
   4628 	if (oldconfig)
   4629 		*oldconfig = NULL;
   4630 
   4631 	if (!(spa_mode_global & FWRITE))
   4632 		return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
   4633 
   4634 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4635 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
   4636 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4637 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
   4638 	}
   4639 
   4640 	/*
   4641 	 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
   4642 	 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
   4643 	 */
   4644 	spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
   4645 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4646 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
   4647 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4648 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
   4649 
   4650 	/*
   4651 	 * The pool will be in core if it's openable,
   4652 	 * in which case we can modify its state.
   4653 	 */
   4654 	if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && spa->spa_sync_on) {
   4655 		/*
   4656 		 * Objsets may be open only because they're dirty, so we
   4657 		 * have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
   4658 		 */
   4659 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
   4660 		spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
   4661 
   4662 		/*
   4663 		 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
   4664 		 * references.  If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
   4665 		 * fault injection handlers.
   4666 		 */
   4667 		if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa) ||
   4668 		    (spa->spa_inject_ref != 0 &&
   4669 		    new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED)) {
   4670 			spa_async_resume(spa);
   4671 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4672 			return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
   4673 		}
   4674 
   4675 		/*
   4676 		 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
   4677 		 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
   4678 		 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
   4679 		 * be forcedly exported.
   4680 		 */
   4681 		if (!force && new_state == POOL_STATE_EXPORTED &&
   4682 		    spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa)) {
   4683 			spa_async_resume(spa);
   4684 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4685 			return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV));
   4686 		}
   4687 
   4688 		/*
   4689 		 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
   4690 		 * so mark them all dirty.  spa_unload() will do the
   4691 		 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
   4692 		 */
   4693 		if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && !hardforce) {
   4694 			spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   4695 			spa->spa_state = new_state;
   4696 			spa->spa_final_txg = spa_last_synced_txg(spa) +
   4697 			    TXG_DEFER_SIZE + 1;
   4698 			vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
   4699 			spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   4700 		}
   4701 	}
   4702 
   4703 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY);
   4704 
   4705 	if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
   4706 		spa_unload(spa);
   4707 		spa_deactivate(spa);
   4708 	}
   4709 
   4710 	if (oldconfig && spa->spa_config)
   4711 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, oldconfig, 0) == 0);
   4712 
   4713 	if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
   4714 		if (!hardforce)
   4715 			spa_config_sync(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
   4716 		spa_remove(spa);
   4717 	}
   4718 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4719 
   4720 	return (0);
   4721 }
   4722 
   4723 /*
   4724  * Destroy a storage pool.
   4725  */
   4726 int
   4727 spa_destroy(char *pool)
   4728 {
   4729 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED, NULL,
   4730 	    B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
   4731 }
   4732 
   4733 /*
   4734  * Export a storage pool.
   4735  */
   4736 int
   4737 spa_export(char *pool, nvlist_t **oldconfig, boolean_t force,
   4738     boolean_t hardforce)
   4739 {
   4740 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, oldconfig,
   4741 	    force, hardforce));
   4742 }
   4743 
   4744 /*
   4745  * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
   4746  * from the namespace in any way.
   4747  */
   4748 int
   4749 spa_reset(char *pool)
   4750 {
   4751 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED, NULL,
   4752 	    B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
   4753 }
   4754 
   4755 /*
   4756  * ==========================================================================
   4757  * Device manipulation
   4758  * ==========================================================================
   4759  */
   4760 
   4761 /*
   4762  * Add a device to a storage pool.
   4763  */
   4764 int
   4765 spa_vdev_add(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot)
   4766 {
   4767 	uint64_t txg, id;
   4768 	int error;
   4769 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
   4770 	vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
   4771 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
   4772 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
   4773 
   4774 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
   4775 
   4776 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
   4777 
   4778 	if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
   4779 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
   4780 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
   4781 
   4782 	spa->spa_pending_vdev = vd;	/* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
   4783 
   4784 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares,
   4785 	    &nspares) != 0)
   4786 		nspares = 0;
   4787 
   4788 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache,
   4789 	    &nl2cache) != 0)
   4790 		nl2cache = 0;
   4791 
   4792 	if (vd->vdev_children == 0 && nspares == 0 && nl2cache == 0)
   4793 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
   4794 
   4795 	if (vd->vdev_children != 0 &&
   4796 	    (error = vdev_create(vd, txg, B_FALSE)) != 0)
   4797 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
   4798 
   4799 	/*
   4800 	 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
   4801 	 * children.  Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
   4802 	 */
   4803 	if ((error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
   4804 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
   4805 
   4806 	/*
   4807 	 * Transfer each new top-level vdev from vd to rvd.
   4808 	 */
   4809 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
   4810 
   4811 		/*
   4812 		 * Set the vdev id to the first hole, if one exists.
   4813 		 */
   4814 		for (id = 0; id < rvd->vdev_children; id++) {
   4815 			if (rvd->vdev_child[id]->vdev_ishole) {
   4816 				vdev_free(rvd->vdev_child[id]);
   4817 				break;
   4818 			}
   4819 		}
   4820 		tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
   4821 		vdev_remove_child(vd, tvd);
   4822 		tvd->vdev_id = id;
   4823 		vdev_add_child(rvd, tvd);
   4824 		vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
   4825 	}
   4826 
   4827 	if (nspares != 0) {
   4828 		spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_spares, spares, nspares,
   4829 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES);
   4830 		spa_load_spares(spa);
   4831 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
   4832 	}
   4833 
   4834 	if (nl2cache != 0) {
   4835 		spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_l2cache, l2cache, nl2cache,
   4836 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
   4837 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
   4838 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
   4839 	}
   4840 
   4841 	/*
   4842 	 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
   4843 	 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
   4844 	 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
   4845 	 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
   4846 	 * can't translate.  Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
   4847 	 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
   4848 	 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
   4849 	 *
   4850 	 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
   4851 	 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
   4852 	 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
   4853 	 */
   4854 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
   4855 
   4856 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4857 	spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
   4858 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD);
   4859 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   4860 
   4861 	return (0);
   4862 }
   4863 
   4864 /*
   4865  * Attach a device to a mirror.  The arguments are the path to any device
   4866  * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device.  If the path specifies
   4867  * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
   4868  *
   4869  * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
   4870  * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
   4871  * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
   4872  * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
   4873  * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
   4874  * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
   4875  * is automatically detached.
   4876  */
   4877 int
   4878 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, nvlist_t *nvroot, int replacing)
   4879 {
   4880 	uint64_t txg, dtl_max_txg;
   4881 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
   4882 	vdev_t *oldvd, *newvd, *newrootvd, *pvd, *tvd;
   4883 	vdev_ops_t *pvops;
   4884 	char *oldvdpath, *newvdpath;
   4885 	int newvd_isspare;
   4886 	int error;
   4887 
   4888 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
   4889 
   4890 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
   4891 
   4892 	oldvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
   4893 
   4894 	if (oldvd == NULL)
   4895 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
   4896 
   4897 	if (!oldvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
   4898 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
   4899 
   4900 	pvd = oldvd->vdev_parent;
   4901 
   4902 	if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &newrootvd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
   4903 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH)) != 0)
   4904 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
   4905 
   4906 	if (newrootvd->vdev_children != 1)
   4907 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
   4908 
   4909 	newvd = newrootvd->vdev_child[0];
   4910 
   4911 	if (!newvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
   4912 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
   4913 
   4914 	if ((error = vdev_create(newrootvd, txg, replacing)) != 0)
   4915 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, error));
   4916 
   4917 	/*
   4918 	 * Spares can't replace logs
   4919 	 */
   4920 	if (oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_islog && newvd->vdev_isspare)
   4921 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
   4922 
   4923 	if (!replacing) {
   4924 		/*
   4925 		 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
   4926 		 * vdev.
   4927 		 */
   4928 		if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
   4929 		    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_root_ops)
   4930 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
   4931 
   4932 		pvops = &vdev_mirror_ops;
   4933 	} else {
   4934 		/*
   4935 		 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
   4936 		 * spares.
   4937 		 */
   4938 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
   4939 		    oldvd->vdev_isspare &&
   4940 		    !spa_has_spare(spa, newvd->vdev_guid))
   4941 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
   4942 
   4943 		/*
   4944 		 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
   4945 		 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare.  Otherwise, we
   4946 		 * want to create a replacing vdev.  The user is not allowed to
   4947 		 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
   4948 		 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
   4949 		 * non-spare).
   4950 		 */
   4951 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops &&
   4952 		    spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE) {
   4953 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
   4954 		} else if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
   4955 		    newvd->vdev_isspare != oldvd->vdev_isspare) {
   4956 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
   4957 		}
   4958 
   4959 		if (newvd->vdev_isspare)
   4960 			pvops = &vdev_spare_ops;
   4961 		else
   4962 			pvops = &vdev_replacing_ops;
   4963 	}
   4964 
   4965 	/*
   4966 	 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
   4967 	 */
   4968 	if (newvd->vdev_asize < vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd))
   4969 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EOVERFLOW));
   4970 
   4971 	/*
   4972 	 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
   4973 	 * than the top-level vdev.
   4974 	 */
   4975 	if (newvd->vdev_ashift > oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_ashift)
   4976 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EDOM));
   4977 
   4978 	/*
   4979 	 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
   4980 	 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
   4981 	 */
   4982 	if (strcmp(oldvd->vdev_path, newvd->vdev_path) == 0) {
   4983 		spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_path);
   4984 		oldvd->vdev_path = kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd->vdev_path) + 5,
   4985 		    KM_SLEEP);
   4986 		(void) sprintf(oldvd->vdev_path, "%s/%s",
   4987 		    newvd->vdev_path, "old");
   4988 		if (oldvd->vdev_devid != NULL) {
   4989 			spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_devid);
   4990 			oldvd->vdev_devid = NULL;
   4991 		}
   4992 	}
   4993 
   4994 	/* mark the device being resilvered */
   4995 	newvd->vdev_resilver_txg = txg;
   4996 
   4997 	/*
   4998 	 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
   4999 	 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
   5000 	 */
   5001 	if (pvd->vdev_ops != pvops)
   5002 		pvd = vdev_add_parent(oldvd, pvops);
   5003 
   5004 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top->vdev_parent == rvd);
   5005 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == pvops);
   5006 	ASSERT(oldvd->vdev_parent == pvd);
   5007 
   5008 	/*
   5009 	 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
   5010 	 */
   5011 	vdev_remove_child(newrootvd, newvd);
   5012 	newvd->vdev_id = pvd->vdev_children;
   5013 	newvd->vdev_crtxg = oldvd->vdev_crtxg;
   5014 	vdev_add_child(pvd, newvd);
   5015 
   5016 	tvd = newvd->vdev_top;
   5017 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top == tvd);
   5018 	ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
   5019 
   5020 	vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
   5021 
   5022 	/*
   5023 	 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
   5024 	 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks.  It will propagate upward when
   5025 	 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
   5026 	 */
   5027 	dtl_max_txg = txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES;
   5028 
   5029 	vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd, DTL_MISSING, TXG_INITIAL,
   5030 	    dtl_max_txg - TXG_INITIAL);
   5031 
   5032 	if (newvd->vdev_isspare) {
   5033 		spa_spare_activate(newvd);
   5034 		spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE);
   5035 	}
   5036 
   5037 	oldvdpath = spa_strdup(oldvd->vdev_path);
   5038 	newvdpath = spa_strdup(newvd->vdev_path);
   5039 	newvd_isspare = newvd->vdev_isspare;
   5040 
   5041 	/*
   5042 	 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
   5043 	 */
   5044 	vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, newvd, txg);
   5045 
   5046 	/*
   5047 	 * Schedule the resilver to restart in the future. We do this to
   5048 	 * ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
   5049 	 * respective datasets.
   5050 	 */
   5051 	dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, dtl_max_txg);
   5052 
   5053 	if (spa->spa_bootfs)
   5054 		spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
   5055 
   5056 	spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
   5057 
   5058 	/*
   5059 	 * Commit the config
   5060 	 */
   5061 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, dtl_max_txg, 0);
   5062 
   5063 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev attach", NULL,
   5064 	    "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
   5065 	    replacing && newvd_isspare ? "spare in" :
   5066 	    replacing ? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath,
   5067 	    replacing ? "for" : "to", oldvdpath);
   5068 
   5069 	spa_strfree(oldvdpath);
   5070 	spa_strfree(newvdpath);
   5071 
   5072 	return (0);
   5073 }
   5074 
   5075 /*
   5076  * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
   5077  *
   5078  * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
   5079  * is a replacing vdev.
   5080  */
   5081 int
   5082 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t pguid, int replace_done)
   5083 {
   5084 	uint64_t txg;
   5085 	int error;
   5086 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
   5087 	vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *cvd, *tvd;
   5088 	boolean_t unspare = B_FALSE;
   5089 	uint64_t unspare_guid = 0;
   5090 	char *vdpath;
   5091 
   5092 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
   5093 
   5094 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
   5095 
   5096 	vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
   5097 
   5098 	if (vd == NULL)
   5099 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
   5100 
   5101 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
   5102 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
   5103 
   5104 	pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
   5105 
   5106 	/*
   5107 	 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
   5108 	 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
   5109 	 * vdev that's replacing B with C.  The user's intent in replacing
   5110 	 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C).  If the user decides to cancel
   5111 	 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
   5112 	 * M(A,B).  But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
   5113 	 * the replacement of B completes.  We would have M(A,C), and then
   5114 	 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
   5115 	 * the user wanted.  To prevent this, we make sure that the
   5116 	 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
   5117 	 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
   5118 	 */
   5119 	if (pvd->vdev_guid != pguid && pguid != 0)
   5120 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
   5121 
   5122 	/*
   5123 	 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
   5124 	 */
   5125 	if (replace_done && pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
   5126 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
   5127 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
   5128 
   5129 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops ||
   5130 	    spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
   5131 
   5132 	/*
   5133 	 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
   5134 	 */
   5135 	if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
   5136 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
   5137 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
   5138 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
   5139 
   5140 	/*
   5141 	 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
   5142 	 * we cannot safely detach it.
   5143 	 */
   5144 	if (vdev_dtl_required(vd))
   5145 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
   5146 
   5147 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_children >= 2);
   5148 
   5149 	/*
   5150 	 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
   5151 	 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
   5152 	 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach().  If so, undo that change now.
   5153 	 */
   5154 	if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops && vd->vdev_id > 0 &&
   5155 	    vd->vdev_path != NULL) {
   5156 		size_t len = strlen(vd->vdev_path);
   5157 
   5158 		for (int c = 0; c < pvd->vdev_children; c++) {
   5159 			cvd = pvd->vdev_child[c];
   5160 
   5161 			if (cvd == vd || cvd->vdev_path == NULL)
   5162 				continue;
   5163 
   5164 			if (strncmp(cvd->vdev_path, vd->vdev_path, len) == 0 &&
   5165 			    strcmp(cvd->vdev_path + len, "/old") == 0) {
   5166 				spa_strfree(cvd->vdev_path);
   5167 				cvd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
   5168 				break;
   5169 			}
   5170 		}
   5171 	}
   5172 
   5173 	/*
   5174 	 * If we are detaching the original disk from a spare, then it implies
   5175 	 * that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed from the
   5176 	 * active spare list for the pool.
   5177 	 */
   5178 	if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
   5179 	    vd->vdev_id == 0 &&
   5180 	    pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_isspare)
   5181 		unspare = B_TRUE;
   5182 
   5183 	/*
   5184 	 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
   5185 	 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
   5186 	 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
   5187 	 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
   5188 	 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
   5189 	 * it's being detached!
   5190 	 */
   5191 	error = vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
   5192 
   5193 	/*
   5194 	 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
   5195 	 */
   5196 	vdev_remove_child(pvd, vd);
   5197 	vdev_compact_children(pvd);
   5198 
   5199 	/*
   5200 	 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
   5201 	 */
   5202 	cvd = pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1];
   5203 
   5204 	/*
   5205 	 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
   5206 	 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
   5207 	 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
   5208 	 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID.  For a similar
   5209 	 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
   5210 	 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
   5211 	 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
   5212 	 */
   5213 	if (unspare) {
   5214 		ASSERT(cvd->vdev_isspare);
   5215 		spa_spare_remove(cvd);
   5216 		unspare_guid = cvd->vdev_guid;
   5217 		(void) spa_vdev_remove(spa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
   5218 		cvd->vdev_unspare = B_TRUE;
   5219 	}
   5220 
   5221 	/*
   5222 	 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
   5223 	 * the parent is no longer needed.  Remove it from the tree.
   5224 	 */
   5225 	if (pvd->vdev_children == 1) {
   5226 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops)
   5227 			cvd->vdev_unspare = B_FALSE;
   5228 		vdev_remove_parent(cvd);
   5229 	}
   5230 
   5231 
   5232 	/*
   5233 	 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
   5234 	 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
   5235 	 */
   5236 	tvd = cvd->vdev_top;
   5237 	ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
   5238 
   5239 	/*
   5240 	 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
   5241 	 */
   5242 	vdev_propagate_state(cvd);
   5243 
   5244 	/*
   5245 	 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
   5246 	 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
   5247 	 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
   5248 	 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
   5249 	 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
   5250 	 */
   5251 	if (spa->spa_autoexpand) {
   5252 		vdev_reopen(tvd);
   5253 		vdev_expand(tvd, txg);
   5254 	}
   5255 
   5256 	vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
   5257 
   5258 	/*
   5259 	 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg.  vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
   5260 	 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
   5261 	 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
   5262 	 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
   5263 	 */
   5264 	vdpath = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
   5265 	for (int t = 0; t < TXG_SIZE; t++)
   5266 		(void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd->vdev_dtl_list, vd, t);
   5267 	vd->vdev_detached = B_TRUE;
   5268 	vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, vd, txg);
   5269 
   5270 	spa_event_notify(spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE);
   5271 
   5272 	/* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
   5273 	spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
   5274 
   5275 	error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
   5276 
   5277 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", NULL,
   5278 	    "vdev=%s", vdpath);
   5279 	spa_strfree(vdpath);
   5280 
   5281 	/*
   5282 	 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
   5283 	 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
   5284 	 * list of every other pool.
   5285 	 */
   5286 	if (unspare) {
   5287 		spa_t *altspa = NULL;
   5288 
   5289 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   5290 		while ((altspa = spa_next(altspa)) != NULL) {
   5291 			if (altspa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
   5292 			    altspa == spa)
   5293 				continue;
   5294 
   5295 			spa_open_ref(altspa, FTAG);
   5296 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   5297 			(void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
   5298 			mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   5299 			spa_close(altspa, FTAG);
   5300 		}
   5301 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   5302 
   5303 		/* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
   5304 		spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
   5305 	}
   5306 
   5307 	/* all done with the spa; OK to release */
   5308 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   5309 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
   5310 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   5311 
   5312 	return (error);
   5313 }
   5314 
   5315 /*
   5316  * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
   5317  */
   5318 int
   5319 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t *spa, char *newname, nvlist_t *config,
   5320     nvlist_t *props, boolean_t exp)
   5321 {
   5322 	int error = 0;
   5323 	uint64_t txg, *glist;
   5324 	spa_t *newspa;
   5325 	uint_t c, children, lastlog;
   5326 	nvlist_t **child, *nvl, *tmp;
   5327 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
   5328 	char *altroot = NULL;
   5329 	vdev_t *rvd, **vml = NULL;			/* vdev modify list */
   5330 	boolean_t activate_slog;
   5331 
   5332 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
   5333 
   5334 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
   5335 
   5336 	/* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
   5337 	activate_slog = spa_passivate_log(spa);
   5338 	(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
   5339 	error = spa_offline_log(spa);
   5340 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
   5341 
   5342 	if (activate_slog)
   5343 		spa_activate_log(spa);
   5344 
   5345 	if (error != 0)
   5346 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
   5347 
   5348 	/* check new spa name before going any further */
   5349 	if (spa_lookup(newname) != NULL)
   5350 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EEXIST));
   5351 
   5352 	/*
   5353 	 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
   5354 	 */
   5355 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvl) != 0 ||
   5356 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, &child,
   5357 	    &children) != 0)
   5358 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
   5359 
   5360 	/* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
   5361 	rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
   5362 	lastlog = 0;
   5363 	for (c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
   5364 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
   5365 
   5366 		/* don't count the holes & logs as children */
   5367 		if (vd->vdev_islog || vd->vdev_ishole) {
   5368 			if (lastlog == 0)
   5369 				lastlog = c;
   5370 			continue;
   5371 		}
   5372 
   5373 		lastlog = 0;
   5374 	}
   5375 	if (children != (lastlog != 0 ? lastlog : rvd->vdev_children))
   5376 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
   5377 
   5378 	/* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
   5379 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &tmp) == 0 ||
   5380 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &tmp) == 0)
   5381 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
   5382 
   5383 	vml = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
   5384 	glist = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP);
   5385 
   5386 	/* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
   5387 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
   5388 		uint64_t is_hole = 0;
   5389 
   5390 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE,
   5391 		    &is_hole);
   5392 
   5393 		if (is_hole != 0) {
   5394 			if (spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ishole ||
   5395 			    spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_islog) {
   5396 				continue;
   5397 			} else {
   5398 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
   5399 				break;
   5400 			}
   5401 		}
   5402 
   5403 		/* which disk is going to be split? */
   5404 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
   5405 		    &glist[c]) != 0) {
   5406 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
   5407 			break;
   5408 		}
   5409 
   5410 		/* look it up in the spa */
   5411 		vml[c] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[c], B_FALSE);
   5412 		if (vml[c] == NULL) {
   5413 			error = SET_ERROR(ENODEV);
   5414 			break;
   5415 		}
   5416 
   5417 		/* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
   5418 		if (vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops ||
   5419 		    vml[c]->vdev_islog ||
   5420 		    vml[c]->vdev_ishole ||
   5421 		    vml[c]->vdev_isspare ||
   5422 		    vml[c]->vdev_isl2cache ||
   5423 		    !vdev_writeable(vml[c]) ||
   5424 		    vml[c]->vdev_children != 0 ||
   5425 		    vml[c]->vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY ||
   5426 		    c != spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_id) {
   5427 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
   5428 			break;
   5429 		}
   5430 
   5431 		if (vdev_dtl_required(vml[c])) {
   5432 			error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
   5433 			break;
   5434 		}
   5435 
   5436 		/* we need certain info from the top level */
   5437 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY,
   5438 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_array) == 0);
   5439 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT,
   5440 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_shift) == 0);
   5441 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE,
   5442 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_asize) == 0);
   5443 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT,
   5444 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ashift) == 0);
   5445 
   5446 		/* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
   5447 		ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap, !=, 0);
   5448 		VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c],
   5449 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP, vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap));
   5450 
   5451 		ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_top_zap, !=, 0);
   5452 		VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c],
   5453 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP,
   5454 		    vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_top_zap));
   5455 	}
   5456 
   5457 	if (error != 0) {
   5458 		kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
   5459 		kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
   5460 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
   5461 	}
   5462 
   5463 	/* stop writers from using the disks */
   5464 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
   5465 		if (vml[c] != NULL)
   5466 			vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_TRUE;
   5467 	}
   5468 	vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
   5469 
   5470 	/*
   5471 	 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config.  This
   5472 	 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
   5473 	 */
   5474 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   5475 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
   5476 	    glist, children) == 0);
   5477 	kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
   5478 
   5479 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
   5480 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
   5481 	    nvl) == 0);
   5482 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
   5483 	spa->spa_config_splitting = nvl;
   5484 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
   5485 
   5486 	/* configure and create the new pool */
   5487 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, newname) == 0);
   5488 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
   5489 	    exp ? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED : POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) == 0);
   5490 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
   5491 	    spa_version(spa)) == 0);
   5492 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
   5493 	    spa->spa_config_txg) == 0);
   5494 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
   5495 	    spa_generate_guid(NULL)) == 0);
   5496 	VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS));
   5497 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
   5498 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
   5499 
   5500 	/* add the new pool to the namespace */
   5501 	newspa = spa_add(newname, config, altroot);
   5502 	newspa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD;
   5503 	newspa->spa_config_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
   5504 	spa_set_log_state(newspa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
   5505 
   5506 	/* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
   5507 	spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
   5508 
   5509 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
   5510 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 1);
   5511 
   5512 	spa_activate(newspa, spa_mode_global);
   5513 	spa_async_suspend(newspa);
   5514 
   5515 #ifndef illumos
   5516 	/* mark that we are creating new spa by splitting */
   5517 	newspa->spa_splitting_newspa = B_TRUE;
   5518 #endif
   5519 	/* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
   5520 	error = spa_load(newspa, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE, B_TRUE);
   5521 #ifndef illumos
   5522 	newspa->spa_splitting_newspa = B_FALSE;
   5523 #endif
   5524 	if (error)
   5525 		goto out;
   5526 
   5527 	/* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
   5528 	if (newspa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
   5529 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa->spa_config_splitting,
   5530 		    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   5531 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa->spa_config_splitting,
   5532 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID, spa_guid(spa)) == 0);
   5533 		spa_config_set(newspa, spa_config_generate(newspa, NULL, -1ULL,
   5534 		    B_TRUE));
   5535 	}
   5536 
   5537 	/* set the props */
   5538 	if (props != NULL) {
   5539 		spa_configfile_set(newspa, props, B_FALSE);
   5540 		error = spa_prop_set(newspa, props);
   5541 		if (error)
   5542 			goto out;
   5543 	}
   5544 
   5545 	/* flush everything */
   5546 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa);
   5547 	vdev_config_dirty(newspa->spa_root_vdev);
   5548 	(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
   5549 
   5550 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
   5551 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 2);
   5552 
   5553 	spa_async_resume(newspa);
   5554 
   5555 	/* finally, update the original pool's config */
   5556 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
   5557 	tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
   5558 	error = dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT);
   5559 	if (error != 0)
   5560 		dmu_tx_abort(tx);
   5561 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
   5562 		if (vml[c] != NULL) {
   5563 			vdev_split(vml[c]);
   5564 			if (error == 0)
   5565 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", tx,
   5566 				    "vdev=%s", vml[c]->vdev_path);
   5567 
   5568 			vdev_free(vml[c]);
   5569 		}
   5570 	}
   5571 	spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD;
   5572 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
   5573 	spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
   5574 	nvlist_free(nvl);
   5575 	if (error == 0)
   5576 		dmu_tx_commit(tx);
   5577 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0);
   5578 
   5579 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
   5580 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 3);
   5581 
   5582 	/* split is complete; log a history record */
   5583 	spa_history_log_internal(newspa, "split", NULL,
   5584 	    "from pool %s", spa_name(spa));
   5585 
   5586 	kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
   5587 
   5588 	/* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
   5589 	if (exp)
   5590 		error = spa_export_common(newname, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, NULL,
   5591 		    B_FALSE, B_FALSE);
   5592 
   5593 	return (error);
   5594 
   5595 out:
   5596 	spa_unload(newspa);
   5597 	spa_deactivate(newspa);
   5598 	spa_remove(newspa);
   5599 
   5600 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
   5601 
   5602 	/* re-online all offlined disks */
   5603 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
   5604 		if (vml[c] != NULL)
   5605 			vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
   5606 	}
   5607 	vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
   5608 
   5609 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
   5610 	spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
   5611 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error);
   5612 
   5613 	kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
   5614 	return (error);
   5615 }
   5616 
   5617 static nvlist_t *
   5618 spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(nvlist_t **nvpp, int count, uint64_t target_guid)
   5619 {
   5620 	for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
   5621 		uint64_t guid;
   5622 
   5623 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvpp[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
   5624 		    &guid) == 0);
   5625 
   5626 		if (guid == target_guid)
   5627 			return (nvpp[i]);
   5628 	}
   5629 
   5630 	return (NULL);
   5631 }
   5632 
   5633 static void
   5634 spa_vdev_remove_aux(nvlist_t *config, char *name, nvlist_t **dev, int count,
   5635     nvlist_t *dev_to_remove)
   5636 {
   5637 	nvlist_t **newdev = NULL;
   5638 
   5639 	if (count > 1)
   5640 		newdev = kmem_alloc((count - 1) * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
   5641 
   5642 	for (int i = 0, j = 0; i < count; i++) {
   5643 		if (dev[i] == dev_to_remove)
   5644 			continue;
   5645 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(dev[i], &newdev[j++], KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   5646 	}
   5647 
   5648 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(config, name, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
   5649 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(config, name, newdev, count - 1) == 0);
   5650 
   5651 	for (int i = 0; i < count - 1; i++)
   5652 		nvlist_free(newdev[i]);
   5653 
   5654 	if (count > 1)
   5655 		kmem_free(newdev, (count - 1) * sizeof (void *));
   5656 }
   5657 
   5658 /*
   5659  * Evacuate the device.
   5660  */
   5661 static int
   5662 spa_vdev_remove_evacuate(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
   5663 {
   5664 	uint64_t txg;
   5665 	int error = 0;
   5666 
   5667 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
   5668 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
   5669 	ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
   5670 
   5671 	/*
   5672 	 * Evacuate the device.  We don't hold the config lock as writer
   5673 	 * since we need to do I/O but we do keep the
   5674 	 * spa_namespace_lock held.  Once this completes the device
   5675 	 * should no longer have any blocks allocated on it.
   5676 	 */
   5677 	if (vd->vdev_islog) {
   5678 		if (vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc != 0)
   5679 			error = spa_offline_log(spa);
   5680 	} else {
   5681 		error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
   5682 	}
   5683 
   5684 	if (error)
   5685 		return (error);
   5686 
   5687 	/*
   5688 	 * The evacuation succeeded.  Remove any remaining MOS metadata
   5689 	 * associated with this vdev, and wait for these changes to sync.
   5690 	 */
   5691 	ASSERT0(vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc);
   5692 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
   5693 	vd->vdev_removing = B_TRUE;
   5694 	vdev_dirty_leaves(vd, VDD_DTL, txg);
   5695 	vdev_config_dirty(vd);
   5696 	spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
   5697 
   5698 	return (0);
   5699 }
   5700 
   5701 /*
   5702  * Complete the removal by cleaning up the namespace.
   5703  */
   5704 static void
   5705 spa_vdev_remove_from_namespace(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
   5706 {
   5707 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
   5708 	uint64_t id = vd->vdev_id;
   5709 	boolean_t last_vdev = (id == (rvd->vdev_children - 1));
   5710 
   5711 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
   5712 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
   5713 	ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
   5714 
   5715 	/*
   5716 	 * Only remove any devices which are empty.
   5717 	 */
   5718 	if (vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc != 0)
   5719 		return;
   5720 
   5721 	(void) vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
   5722 
   5723 	if (list_link_active(&vd->vdev_state_dirty_node))
   5724 		vdev_state_clean(vd);
   5725 	if (list_link_active(&vd->vdev_config_dirty_node))
   5726 		vdev_config_clean(vd);
   5727 
   5728 	vdev_free(vd);
   5729 
   5730 	if (last_vdev) {
   5731 		vdev_compact_children(rvd);
   5732 	} else {
   5733 		vd = vdev_alloc_common(spa, id, 0, &vdev_hole_ops);
   5734 		vdev_add_child(rvd, vd);
   5735 	}
   5736 	vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
   5737 
   5738 	/*
   5739 	 * Reassess the health of our root vdev.
   5740 	 */
   5741 	vdev_reopen(rvd);
   5742 }
   5743 
   5744 /*
   5745  * Remove a device from the pool -
   5746  *
   5747  * Removing a device from the vdev namespace requires several steps
   5748  * and can take a significant amount of time.  As a result we use
   5749  * the spa_vdev_config_[enter/exit] functions which allow us to
   5750  * grab and release the spa_config_lock while still holding the namespace
   5751  * lock.  During each step the configuration is synced out.
   5752  *
   5753  * Currently, this supports removing only hot spares, slogs, and level 2 ARC
   5754  * devices.
   5755  */
   5756 int
   5757 spa_vdev_remove(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t unspare)
   5758 {
   5759 	vdev_t *vd;
   5760 	sysevent_t *ev = NULL;
   5761 	metaslab_group_t *mg;
   5762 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache, *nv;
   5763 	uint64_t txg = 0;
   5764 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
   5765 	int error = 0;
   5766 	boolean_t locked = MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock);
   5767 
   5768 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
   5769 
   5770 	if (!locked)
   5771 		txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
   5772 
   5773 	vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
   5774 
   5775 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs != NULL &&
   5776 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
   5777 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0 &&
   5778 	    (nv = spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(spares, nspares, guid)) != NULL) {
   5779 		/*
   5780 		 * Only remove the hot spare if it's not currently in use
   5781 		 * in this pool.
   5782 		 */
   5783 		if (vd == NULL || unspare) {
   5784 			if (vd == NULL)
   5785 				vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE);
   5786 			ev = spa_event_create(spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE_AUX);
   5787 			spa_vdev_remove_aux(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
   5788 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares, nv);
   5789 			spa_load_spares(spa);
   5790 			spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
   5791 		} else {
   5792 			error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
   5793 		}
   5794 	} else if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs != NULL &&
   5795 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
   5796 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0 &&
   5797 	    (nv = spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(l2cache, nl2cache, guid)) != NULL) {
   5798 		/*
   5799 		 * Cache devices can always be removed.
   5800 		 */
   5801 		vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE);
   5802 		ev = spa_event_create(spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE_AUX);
   5803 		spa_vdev_remove_aux(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
   5804 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache, nv);
   5805 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
   5806 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
   5807 	} else if (vd != NULL && vd->vdev_islog) {
   5808 		ASSERT(!locked);
   5809 		ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
   5810 
   5811 		mg = vd->vdev_mg;
   5812 
   5813 		/*
   5814 		 * Stop allocating from this vdev.
   5815 		 */
   5816 		metaslab_group_passivate(mg);
   5817 
   5818 		/*
   5819 		 * Wait for the youngest allocations and frees to sync,
   5820 		 * and then wait for the deferral of those frees to finish.
   5821 		 */
   5822 		spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL,
   5823 		    txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES + TXG_DEFER_SIZE, 0, FTAG);
   5824 
   5825 		/*
   5826 		 * Attempt to evacuate the vdev.
   5827 		 */
   5828 		error = spa_vdev_remove_evacuate(spa, vd);
   5829 
   5830 		txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
   5831 
   5832 		/*
   5833 		 * If we couldn't evacuate the vdev, unwind.
   5834 		 */
   5835 		if (error) {
   5836 			metaslab_group_activate(mg);
   5837 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
   5838 		}
   5839 
   5840 		/*
   5841 		 * Clean up the vdev namespace.
   5842 		 */
   5843 		ev = spa_event_create(spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE_DEV);
   5844 		spa_vdev_remove_from_namespace(spa, vd);
   5845 
   5846 	} else if (vd != NULL) {
   5847 		/*
   5848 		 * Normal vdevs cannot be removed (yet).
   5849 		 */
   5850 		error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
   5851 	} else {
   5852 		/*
   5853 		 * There is no vdev of any kind with the specified guid.
   5854 		 */
   5855 		error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
   5856 	}
   5857 
   5858 	if (!locked)
   5859 		error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error);
   5860 
   5861 	if (ev)
   5862 		spa_event_post(ev);
   5863 
   5864 	return (error);
   5865 }
   5866 
   5867 /*
   5868  * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
   5869  * currently spared, so we can detach it.
   5870  */
   5871 static vdev_t *
   5872 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t *vd)
   5873 {
   5874 	vdev_t *newvd, *oldvd;
   5875 
   5876 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
   5877 		oldvd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd->vdev_child[c]);
   5878 		if (oldvd != NULL)
   5879 			return (oldvd);
   5880 	}
   5881 
   5882 	/*
   5883 	 * Check for a completed replacement.  We always consider the first
   5884 	 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
   5885 	 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works).  In
   5886 	 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
   5887 	 * remove it after a resilver completes.  This is OK as it will require
   5888 	 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
   5889 	 */
   5890 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops) {
   5891 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_children > 1);
   5892 
   5893 		newvd = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
   5894 		oldvd = vd->vdev_child[0];
   5895 
   5896 		if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
   5897 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
   5898 		    !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
   5899 			return (oldvd);
   5900 	}
   5901 
   5902 	/*
   5903 	 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
   5904 	 */
   5905 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops) {
   5906 		vdev_t *first = vd->vdev_child[0];
   5907 		vdev_t *last = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
   5908 
   5909 		if (last->vdev_unspare) {
   5910 			oldvd = first;
   5911 			newvd = last;
   5912 		} else if (first->vdev_unspare) {
   5913 			oldvd = last;
   5914 			newvd = first;
   5915 		} else {
   5916 			oldvd = NULL;
   5917 		}
   5918 
   5919 		if (oldvd != NULL &&
   5920 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
   5921 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
   5922 		    !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
   5923 			return (oldvd);
   5924 
   5925 		/*
   5926 		 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
   5927 		 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
   5928 		 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
   5929 		 * by other pools.  Once we're back down to a single
   5930 		 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
   5931 		 */
   5932 		if (vd->vdev_children > 2) {
   5933 			newvd = vd->vdev_child[1];
   5934 
   5935 			if (newvd->vdev_isspare && last->vdev_isspare &&
   5936 			    vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_MISSING) &&
   5937 			    vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
   5938 			    !vdev_dtl_required(newvd))
   5939 				return (newvd);
   5940 		}
   5941 	}
   5942 
   5943 	return (NULL);
   5944 }
   5945 
   5946 static void
   5947 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa)
   5948 {
   5949 	vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *ppvd;
   5950 	uint64_t guid, sguid, pguid, ppguid;
   5951 
   5952 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   5953 
   5954 	while ((vd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa->spa_root_vdev)) != NULL) {
   5955 		pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
   5956 		ppvd = pvd->vdev_parent;
   5957 		guid = vd->vdev_guid;
   5958 		pguid = pvd->vdev_guid;
   5959 		ppguid = ppvd->vdev_guid;
   5960 		sguid = 0;
   5961 		/*
   5962 		 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
   5963 		 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
   5964 		 * spare) as well.
   5965 		 */
   5966 		if (ppvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && pvd->vdev_id == 0 &&
   5967 		    ppvd->vdev_children == 2) {
   5968 			ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops);
   5969 			sguid = ppvd->vdev_child[1]->vdev_guid;
   5970 		}
   5971 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_resilver_txg == 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd));
   5972 
   5973 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   5974 		if (spa_vdev_detach(spa, guid, pguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
   5975 			return;
   5976 		if (sguid && spa_vdev_detach(spa, sguid, ppguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
   5977 			return;
   5978 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   5979 	}
   5980 
   5981 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   5982 }
   5983 
   5984 /*
   5985  * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
   5986  */
   5987 int
   5988 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *value,
   5989     boolean_t ispath)
   5990 {
   5991 	vdev_t *vd;
   5992 	boolean_t sync = B_FALSE;
   5993 
   5994 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
   5995 
   5996 	spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_ALL);
   5997 
   5998 	if ((vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE)) == NULL)
   5999 		return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOENT));
   6000 
   6001 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
   6002 		return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOTSUP));
   6003 
   6004 	if (ispath) {
   6005 		if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_path) != 0) {
   6006 			spa_strfree(vd->vdev_path);
   6007 			vd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(value);
   6008 			sync = B_TRUE;
   6009 		}
   6010 	} else {
   6011 		if (vd->vdev_fru == NULL) {
   6012 			vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
   6013 			sync = B_TRUE;
   6014 		} else if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_fru) != 0) {
   6015 			spa_strfree(vd->vdev_fru);
   6016 			vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
   6017 			sync = B_TRUE;
   6018 		}
   6019 	}
   6020 
   6021 	return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, sync ? vd : NULL, 0));
   6022 }
   6023 
   6024 int
   6025 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newpath)
   6026 {
   6027 	return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newpath, B_TRUE));
   6028 }
   6029 
   6030 int
   6031 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newfru)
   6032 {
   6033 	return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newfru, B_FALSE));
   6034 }
   6035 
   6036 /*
   6037  * ==========================================================================
   6038  * SPA Scanning
   6039  * ==========================================================================
   6040  */
   6041 
   6042 int
   6043 spa_scan_stop(spa_t *spa)
   6044 {
   6045 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
   6046 	if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
   6047 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
   6048 	return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa->spa_dsl_pool));
   6049 }
   6050 
   6051 int
   6052 spa_scan(spa_t *spa, pool_scan_func_t func)
   6053 {
   6054 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
   6055 
   6056 	if (func >= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS || func == POOL_SCAN_NONE)
   6057 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
   6058 
   6059 	/*
   6060 	 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
   6061 	 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
   6062 	 */
   6063 	if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER &&
   6064 	    !vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) {
   6065 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE);
   6066 		return (0);
   6067 	}
   6068 
   6069 	return (dsl_scan(spa->spa_dsl_pool, func));
   6070 }
   6071 
   6072 /*
   6073  * ==========================================================================
   6074  * SPA async task processing
   6075  * ==========================================================================
   6076  */
   6077 
   6078 static void
   6079 spa_async_remove(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
   6080 {
   6081 	if (vd->vdev_remove_wanted) {
   6082 		vd->vdev_remove_wanted = B_FALSE;
   6083 		vd->vdev_delayed_close = B_FALSE;
   6084 		vdev_set_state(vd, B_FALSE, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED, VDEV_AUX_NONE);
   6085 
   6086 		/*
   6087 		 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
   6088 		 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
   6089 		 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
   6090 		 * device, all of which is a waste.
   6091 		 */
   6092 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_read_errors = 0;
   6093 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_write_errors = 0;
   6094 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_checksum_errors = 0;
   6095 
   6096 		vdev_state_dirty(vd->vdev_top);
   6097 		/* Tell userspace that the vdev is gone. */
   6098 		zfs_post_remove(spa, vd);
   6099 	}
   6100 
   6101 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
   6102 		spa_async_remove(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
   6103 }
   6104 
   6105 static void
   6106 spa_async_probe(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
   6107 {
   6108 	if (vd->vdev_probe_wanted) {
   6109 		vd->vdev_probe_wanted = B_FALSE;
   6110 		vdev_reopen(vd);	/* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
   6111 	}
   6112 
   6113 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
   6114 		spa_async_probe(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
   6115 }
   6116 
   6117 static void
   6118 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
   6119 {
   6120 	sysevent_id_t eid;
   6121 	nvlist_t *attr;
   6122 	char *physpath;
   6123 
   6124 	if (!spa->spa_autoexpand)
   6125 		return;
   6126 
   6127 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
   6128 		vdev_t *cvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
   6129 		spa_async_autoexpand(spa, cvd);
   6130 	}
   6131 
   6132 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || vd->vdev_physpath == NULL)
   6133 		return;
   6134 
   6135 	physpath = kmem_zalloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
   6136 	(void) snprintf(physpath, MAXPATHLEN, "/devices%s", vd->vdev_physpath);
   6137 
   6138 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&attr, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   6139 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(attr, DEV_PHYS_PATH, physpath) == 0);
   6140 
   6141 	(void) ddi_log_sysevent(zfs_dip, SUNW_VENDOR, EC_DEV_STATUS,
   6142 	    ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND, attr, &eid, DDI_SLEEP);
   6143 
   6144 	nvlist_free(attr);
   6145 	kmem_free(physpath, MAXPATHLEN);
   6146 }
   6147 
   6148 static void
   6149 spa_async_thread(void *arg)
   6150 {
   6151 	spa_t *spa = arg;
   6152 	int tasks;
   6153 
   6154 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on);
   6155 
   6156 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6157 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
   6158 	spa->spa_async_tasks &= SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE;
   6159 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6160 
   6161 	/*
   6162 	 * See if the config needs to be updated.
   6163 	 */
   6164 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE) {
   6165 		uint64_t old_space, new_space;
   6166 
   6167 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   6168 		old_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
   6169 		spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
   6170 		new_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
   6171 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   6172 
   6173 		/*
   6174 		 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
   6175 		 * then log an internal history event.
   6176 		 */
   6177 		if (new_space != old_space) {
   6178 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev online", NULL,
   6179 			    "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
   6180 			    spa_name(spa), new_space, new_space - old_space);
   6181 		}
   6182 	}
   6183 
   6184 	if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND) && !spa_suspended(spa)) {
   6185 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
   6186 		spa_async_autoexpand(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
   6187 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
   6188 	}
   6189 
   6190 	/*
   6191 	 * See if any devices need to be probed.
   6192 	 */
   6193 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_PROBE) {
   6194 		spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
   6195 		spa_async_probe(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
   6196 		(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
   6197 	}
   6198 
   6199 	/*
   6200 	 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
   6201 	 */
   6202 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE)
   6203 		spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
   6204 
   6205 	/*
   6206 	 * Kick off a resilver.
   6207 	 */
   6208 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER)
   6209 		dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
   6210 
   6211 	/*
   6212 	 * Let the world know that we're done.
   6213 	 */
   6214 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6215 	spa->spa_async_thread = NULL;
   6216 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
   6217 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6218 	thread_exit();
   6219 }
   6220 
   6221 static void
   6222 spa_async_thread_vd(void *arg)
   6223 {
   6224 	spa_t *spa = arg;
   6225 	int tasks;
   6226 
   6227 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on);
   6228 
   6229 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6230 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
   6231 retry:
   6232 	spa->spa_async_tasks &= ~SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE;
   6233 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6234 
   6235 	/*
   6236 	 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
   6237 	 */
   6238 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) {
   6239 		spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
   6240 		spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
   6241 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++)
   6242 			spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
   6243 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
   6244 			spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
   6245 		(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
   6246 	}
   6247 
   6248 	/*
   6249 	 * Let the world know that we're done.
   6250 	 */
   6251 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6252 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
   6253 	if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) != 0)
   6254 		goto retry;
   6255 	spa->spa_async_thread_vd = NULL;
   6256 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
   6257 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6258 	thread_exit();
   6259 }
   6260 
   6261 void
   6262 spa_async_suspend(spa_t *spa)
   6263 {
   6264 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6265 	spa->spa_async_suspended++;
   6266 	while (spa->spa_async_thread != NULL &&
   6267 	    spa->spa_async_thread_vd != NULL)
   6268 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_async_cv, &spa->spa_async_lock);
   6269 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6270 }
   6271 
   6272 void
   6273 spa_async_resume(spa_t *spa)
   6274 {
   6275 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6276 	ASSERT(spa->spa_async_suspended != 0);
   6277 	spa->spa_async_suspended--;
   6278 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6279 }
   6280 
   6281 static boolean_t
   6282 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t *spa)
   6283 {
   6284 	uint_t non_config_tasks;
   6285 	uint_t config_task;
   6286 	boolean_t config_task_suspended;
   6287 
   6288 	non_config_tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks & ~(SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE |
   6289 	    SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE);
   6290 	config_task = spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE;
   6291 	if (spa->spa_ccw_fail_time == 0) {
   6292 		config_task_suspended = B_FALSE;
   6293 	} else {
   6294 		config_task_suspended =
   6295 		    (gethrtime() - spa->spa_ccw_fail_time) <
   6296 		    ((hrtime_t)zfs_ccw_retry_interval * NANOSEC);
   6297 	}
   6298 
   6299 	return (non_config_tasks || (config_task && !config_task_suspended));
   6300 }
   6301 
   6302 static void
   6303 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t *spa)
   6304 {
   6305 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6306 	if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa) &&
   6307 	    !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
   6308 	    spa->spa_async_thread == NULL &&
   6309 	    rootdir != NULL)
   6310 		spa->spa_async_thread = thread_create(NULL, 0,
   6311 		    spa_async_thread, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
   6312 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6313 }
   6314 
   6315 static void
   6316 spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa_t *spa)
   6317 {
   6318 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6319 	if ((spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) != 0 &&
   6320 	    !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
   6321 	    spa->spa_async_thread_vd == NULL &&
   6322 	    rootdir != NULL)
   6323 		spa->spa_async_thread_vd = thread_create(NULL, 0,
   6324 		    spa_async_thread_vd, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
   6325 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6326 }
   6327 
   6328 void
   6329 spa_async_request(spa_t *spa, int task)
   6330 {
   6331 	zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa->spa_name, task);
   6332 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6333 	spa->spa_async_tasks |= task;
   6334 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
   6335 	spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa);
   6336 }
   6337 
   6338 /*
   6339  * ==========================================================================
   6340  * SPA syncing routines
   6341  * ==========================================================================
   6342  */
   6343 
   6344 static int
   6345 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
   6346 {
   6347 	bpobj_t *bpo = arg;
   6348 	bpobj_enqueue(bpo, bp, tx);
   6349 	return (0);
   6350 }
   6351 
   6352 static int
   6353 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
   6354 {
   6355 	zio_t *zio = arg;
   6356 
   6357 	zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(zio, zio->io_spa, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), bp,
   6358 	    BP_GET_PSIZE(bp), zio->io_flags));
   6359 	return (0);
   6360 }
   6361 
   6362 /*
   6363  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
   6364  * amount of time spent syncing frees.
   6365  */
   6366 static void
   6367 spa_sync_frees(spa_t *spa, bplist_t *bpl, dmu_tx_t *tx)
   6368 {
   6369 	zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
   6370 	bplist_iterate(bpl, spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx);
   6371 	VERIFY(zio_wait(zio) == 0);
   6372 }
   6373 
   6374 /*
   6375  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
   6376  * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
   6377  */
   6378 static void
   6379 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
   6380 {
   6381 	zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
   6382 	VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
   6383 	    spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx), ==, 0);
   6384 	VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio));
   6385 }
   6386 
   6387 
   6388 static void
   6389 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t *nv, dmu_tx_t *tx)
   6390 {
   6391 	char *packed = NULL;
   6392 	size_t bufsize;
   6393 	size_t nvsize = 0;
   6394 	dmu_buf_t *db;
   6395 
   6396 	VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR) == 0);
   6397 
   6398 	/*
   6399 	 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
   6400 	 * information.  This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
   6401 	 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
   6402 	 */
   6403 	bufsize = P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE);
   6404 	packed = kmem_alloc(bufsize, KM_SLEEP);
   6405 
   6406 	VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv, &packed, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR,
   6407 	    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   6408 	bzero(packed + nvsize, bufsize - nvsize);
   6409 
   6410 	dmu_write(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, bufsize, packed, tx);
   6411 
   6412 	kmem_free(packed, bufsize);
   6413 
   6414 	VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db));
   6415 	dmu_buf_will_dirty(db, tx);
   6416 	*(uint64_t *)db->db_data = nvsize;
   6417 	dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
   6418 }
   6419 
   6420 static void
   6421 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t *spa, spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, dmu_tx_t *tx,
   6422     const char *config, const char *entry)
   6423 {
   6424 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
   6425 	nvlist_t **list;
   6426 	int i;
   6427 
   6428 	if (!sav->sav_sync)
   6429 		return;
   6430 
   6431 	/*
   6432 	 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
   6433 	 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
   6434 	 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
   6435 	 */
   6436 	if (sav->sav_object == 0) {
   6437 		sav->sav_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   6438 		    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE,
   6439 		    sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
   6440 		VERIFY(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   6441 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, entry, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
   6442 		    &sav->sav_object, tx) == 0);
   6443 	}
   6444 
   6445 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
   6446 	if (sav->sav_count == 0) {
   6447 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, NULL, 0) == 0);
   6448 	} else {
   6449 		list = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
   6450 		for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
   6451 			list[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, sav->sav_vdevs[i],
   6452 			    B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
   6453 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, list,
   6454 		    sav->sav_count) == 0);
   6455 		for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
   6456 			nvlist_free(list[i]);
   6457 		kmem_free(list, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
   6458 	}
   6459 
   6460 	spa_sync_nvlist(spa, sav->sav_object, nvroot, tx);
   6461 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
   6462 
   6463 	sav->sav_sync = B_FALSE;
   6464 }
   6465 
   6466 /*
   6467  * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
   6468  * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
   6469  */
   6470 static void
   6471 spa_avz_build(vdev_t *vd, uint64_t avz, dmu_tx_t *tx)
   6472 {
   6473 	spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
   6474 	if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) {
   6475 		VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz,
   6476 		    vd->vdev_top_zap, tx));
   6477 	}
   6478 	if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) {
   6479 		VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz,
   6480 		    vd->vdev_leaf_zap, tx));
   6481 	}
   6482 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
   6483 		spa_avz_build(vd->vdev_child[i], avz, tx);
   6484 	}
   6485 }
   6486 
   6487 static void
   6488 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
   6489 {
   6490 	nvlist_t *config;
   6491 
   6492 	/*
   6493 	 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
   6494 	 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
   6495 	 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
   6496 	 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
   6497 	 */
   6498 	if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list) &&
   6499 	    spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE)
   6500 		return;
   6501 
   6502 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
   6503 
   6504 	ASSERT(spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE ||
   6505 	    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps != 0);
   6506 
   6507 	if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD) {
   6508 		/* Make and build the new AVZ */
   6509 		uint64_t new_avz = zap_create(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   6510 		    DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_OT_NONE, 0, tx);
   6511 		spa_avz_build(spa->spa_root_vdev, new_avz, tx);
   6512 
   6513 		/* Diff old AVZ with new one */
   6514 		zap_cursor_t zc;
   6515 		zap_attribute_t za;
   6516 
   6517 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
   6518 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
   6519 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
   6520 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
   6521 			uint64_t vdzap = za.za_first_integer;
   6522 			if (zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, new_avz,
   6523 			    vdzap) == ENOENT) {
   6524 				/*
   6525 				 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
   6526 				 * destroy it
   6527 				 */
   6528 				VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, vdzap,
   6529 				    tx));
   6530 			}
   6531 		}
   6532 
   6533 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
   6534 
   6535 		/* Destroy the old AVZ */
   6536 		VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   6537 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx));
   6538 
   6539 		/* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
   6540 		VERIFY0(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   6541 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP,
   6542 		    sizeof (new_avz), 1, &new_avz, tx));
   6543 
   6544 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = new_avz;
   6545 	} else if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY) {
   6546 		zap_cursor_t zc;
   6547 		zap_attribute_t za;
   6548 
   6549 		/* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
   6550 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
   6551 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
   6552 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
   6553 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
   6554 			uint64_t zap = za.za_first_integer;
   6555 			VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, zap, tx));
   6556 		}
   6557 
   6558 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
   6559 
   6560 		/* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
   6561 		VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   6562 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx));
   6563 		VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   6564 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx));
   6565 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = 0;
   6566 	}
   6567 
   6568 	if (spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps == 0) {
   6569 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = zap_create_link(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   6570 		    DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
   6571 		    DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx);
   6572 	}
   6573 	spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_NONE;
   6574 
   6575 	/* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
   6576 	vdev_construct_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev, tx);
   6577 
   6578 	config = spa_config_generate(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev,
   6579 	    dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), B_FALSE);
   6580 
   6581 	/*
   6582 	 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
   6583 	 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
   6584 	 */
   6585 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version)
   6586 		fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
   6587 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
   6588 
   6589 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
   6590 
   6591 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_syncing);
   6592 	spa->spa_config_syncing = config;
   6593 
   6594 	spa_sync_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, config, tx);
   6595 }
   6596 
   6597 static void
   6598 spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
   6599 {
   6600 	uint64_t *versionp = arg;
   6601 	uint64_t version = *versionp;
   6602 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
   6603 
   6604 	/*
   6605 	 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
   6606 	 */
   6607 	ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL);
   6608 
   6609 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
   6610 	ASSERT(version >= spa_version(spa));
   6611 
   6612 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
   6613 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
   6614 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, "version=%lld", version);
   6615 }
   6616 
   6617 /*
   6618  * Set zpool properties.
   6619  */
   6620 static void
   6621 spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
   6622 {
   6623 	nvlist_t *nvp = arg;
   6624 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
   6625 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
   6626 	nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
   6627 
   6628 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
   6629 
   6630 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem))) {
   6631 		uint64_t intval;
   6632 		char *strval, *fname;
   6633 		zpool_prop_t prop;
   6634 		const char *propname;
   6635 		zprop_type_t proptype;
   6636 		spa_feature_t fid;
   6637 
   6638 		switch (prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem))) {
   6639 		case ZPROP_INVAL:
   6640 			/*
   6641 			 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
   6642 			 */
   6643 			ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
   6644 
   6645 			fname = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1;
   6646 			VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname, &fid));
   6647 
   6648 			spa_feature_enable(spa, fid, tx);
   6649 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
   6650 			    "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem));
   6651 			break;
   6652 
   6653 		case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
   6654 			intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
   6655 			/*
   6656 			 * The version is synced seperatly before other
   6657 			 * properties and should be correct by now.
   6658 			 */
   6659 			ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa), >=, intval);
   6660 			break;
   6661 
   6662 		case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT:
   6663 			/*
   6664 			 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
   6665 			 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
   6666 			 */
   6667 			ASSERT(spa->spa_root != NULL);
   6668 			break;
   6669 
   6670 		case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY:
   6671 		case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
   6672 			/*
   6673 			 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persisitent
   6674 			 * properties.
   6675 			 */
   6676 			break;
   6677 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
   6678 			strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
   6679 			if (spa->spa_comment != NULL)
   6680 				spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
   6681 			spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(strval);
   6682 			/*
   6683 			 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
   6684 			 * so that their labels get updated.  It's unnecessary
   6685 			 * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's
   6686 			 * configuratoin has already been dirtied.
   6687 			 */
   6688 			if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
   6689 				vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
   6690 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
   6691 			    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
   6692 			break;
   6693 		default:
   6694 			/*
   6695 			 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
   6696 			 */
   6697 			if (spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
   6698 				spa->spa_pool_props_object =
   6699 				    zap_create_link(mos, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS,
   6700 				    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_PROPS,
   6701 				    tx);
   6702 			}
   6703 
   6704 			/* normalize the property name */
   6705 			propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
   6706 			proptype = zpool_prop_get_type(prop);
   6707 
   6708 			if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_STRING) {
   6709 				ASSERT(proptype == PROP_TYPE_STRING);
   6710 				strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
   6711 				VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
   6712 				    spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
   6713 				    1, strlen(strval) + 1, strval, tx));
   6714 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
   6715 				    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
   6716 			} else if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
   6717 				intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
   6718 
   6719 				if (proptype == PROP_TYPE_INDEX) {
   6720 					const char *unused;
   6721 					VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
   6722 					    prop, intval, &unused));
   6723 				}
   6724 				VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
   6725 				    spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
   6726 				    8, 1, &intval, tx));
   6727 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
   6728 				    "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem), intval);
   6729 			} else {
   6730 				ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
   6731 			}
   6732 
   6733 			switch (prop) {
   6734 			case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
   6735 				spa->spa_delegation = intval;
   6736 				break;
   6737 			case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
   6738 				spa->spa_bootfs = intval;
   6739 				break;
   6740 			case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
   6741 				spa->spa_failmode = intval;
   6742 				break;
   6743 			case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
   6744 				spa->spa_autoexpand = intval;
   6745 				if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
   6746 					spa_async_request(spa,
   6747 					    SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
   6748 				break;
   6749 			case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
   6750 				spa->spa_dedup_ditto = intval;
   6751 				break;
   6752 			default:
   6753 				break;
   6754 			}
   6755 		}
   6756 
   6757 	}
   6758 
   6759 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
   6760 }
   6761 
   6762 /*
   6763  * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes.  spa_version() does not
   6764  * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
   6765  * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
   6766  * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
   6767  * tasks.
   6768  */
   6769 static void
   6770 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
   6771 {
   6772 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
   6773 
   6774 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_pass == 1);
   6775 
   6776 	rrw_enter(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, RW_WRITER, FTAG);
   6777 
   6778 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN &&
   6779 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN) {
   6780 		dsl_pool_create_origin(dp, tx);
   6781 
   6782 		/* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
   6783 		spa->spa_minref += 3;
   6784 	}
   6785 
   6786 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES &&
   6787 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES) {
   6788 		dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp, tx);
   6789 	}
   6790 
   6791 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES &&
   6792 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES) {
   6793 		dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp, tx);
   6794 
   6795 		/* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
   6796 		spa->spa_minref += 3;
   6797 	}
   6798 
   6799 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_FEATURES &&
   6800 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
   6801 		spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
   6802 	}
   6803 
   6804 	/*
   6805 	 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
   6806 	 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
   6807 	 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
   6808 	 * this feature active
   6809 	 */
   6810 	if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
   6811 		boolean_t lz4_en = spa_feature_is_enabled(spa,
   6812 		    SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
   6813 		boolean_t lz4_ac = spa_feature_is_active(spa,
   6814 		    SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
   6815 
   6816 		if (lz4_en && !lz4_ac)
   6817 			spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS, tx);
   6818 	}
   6819 
   6820 	/*
   6821 	 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now.  Note that the
   6822 	 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
   6823 	 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
   6824 	 */
   6825 	if (zap_contains(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
   6826 	    DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT) == ENOENT) {
   6827 		VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   6828 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
   6829 		    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
   6830 		    spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, tx));
   6831 	}
   6832 
   6833 	rrw_exit(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, FTAG);
   6834 }
   6835 
   6836 /*
   6837  * Sync the specified transaction group.  New blocks may be dirtied as
   6838  * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
   6839  */
   6840 
   6841 void
   6842 spa_sync(spa_t *spa, uint64_t txg)
   6843 {
   6844 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
   6845 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
   6846 	bplist_t *free_bpl = &spa->spa_free_bplist[txg & TXG_MASK];
   6847 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
   6848 	vdev_t *vd;
   6849 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
   6850 	int error;
   6851 	uint32_t max_queue_depth = zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active *
   6852 	    zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct / 100;
   6853 
   6854 	VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa));
   6855 
   6856 	/*
   6857 	 * Lock out configuration changes.
   6858 	 */
   6859 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
   6860 
   6861 	spa->spa_syncing_txg = txg;
   6862 	spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
   6863 
   6864 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_lock);
   6865 	VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_tree));
   6866 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_lock);
   6867 
   6868 	/*
   6869 	 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
   6870 	 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
   6871 	 */
   6872 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
   6873 	while (list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list) != NULL) {
   6874 		/*
   6875 		 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
   6876 		 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
   6877 		 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
   6878 		 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
   6879 		 * into the root vdev tree.
   6880 		 */
   6881 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
   6882 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   6883 		while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list)) != NULL) {
   6884 			vdev_state_clean(vd);
   6885 			vdev_config_dirty(vd);
   6886 		}
   6887 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
   6888 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
   6889 	}
   6890 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
   6891 
   6892 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
   6893 
   6894 	spa->spa_sync_starttime = gethrtime();
   6895 #ifdef illumos
   6896 	VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
   6897 	    spa->spa_sync_starttime + spa->spa_deadman_synctime));
   6898 #endif	/* illumos */
   6899 #ifdef __FreeBSD__
   6900 #ifdef _KERNEL
   6901 	callout_schedule(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
   6902 	    hz * spa->spa_deadman_synctime / NANOSEC);
   6903 #endif
   6904 #endif /* __FreeBSD__ */
   6905 #ifdef __NetBSD__
   6906 #ifdef _KERNEL
   6907 	callout_schedule(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
   6908 	    hz * spa->spa_deadman_synctime / NANOSEC);
   6909 #endif
   6910 #endif
   6911 
   6912 	/*
   6913 	 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
   6914 	 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
   6915 	 */
   6916 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE &&
   6917 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
   6918 		int i;
   6919 
   6920 		for (i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
   6921 			vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
   6922 			if (vd->vdev_deflate_ratio != SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE)
   6923 				break;
   6924 		}
   6925 		if (i == rvd->vdev_children) {
   6926 			spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
   6927 			VERIFY(0 == zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   6928 			    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
   6929 			    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx));
   6930 		}
   6931 	}
   6932 
   6933 	/*
   6934 	 * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each
   6935 	 * top-level's async write queue depth in case it changed.
   6936 	 * The max queue depth will not change in the middle of syncing
   6937 	 * out this txg.
   6938 	 */
   6939 	uint64_t queue_depth_total = 0;
   6940 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
   6941 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
   6942 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
   6943 
   6944 		if (mg == NULL || mg->mg_class != spa_normal_class(spa) ||
   6945 		    !metaslab_group_initialized(mg))
   6946 			continue;
   6947 
   6948 		/*
   6949 		 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
   6950 		 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
   6951 		 * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
   6952 		 */
   6953 		ASSERT0(refcount_count(&mg->mg_alloc_queue_depth));
   6954 		mg->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth = max_queue_depth;
   6955 		queue_depth_total += mg->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth;
   6956 	}
   6957 	metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa);
   6958 	ASSERT0(refcount_count(&mc->mc_alloc_slots));
   6959 	mc->mc_alloc_max_slots = queue_depth_total;
   6960 	mc->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
   6961 
   6962 	ASSERT3U(mc->mc_alloc_max_slots, <=,
   6963 	    max_queue_depth * rvd->vdev_children);
   6964 
   6965 	/*
   6966 	 * Iterate to convergence.
   6967 	 */
   6968 	do {
   6969 		int pass = ++spa->spa_sync_pass;
   6970 
   6971 		spa_sync_config_object(spa, tx);
   6972 		spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_spares, tx,
   6973 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DMU_POOL_SPARES);
   6974 		spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_l2cache, tx,
   6975 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE);
   6976 		spa_errlog_sync(spa, txg);
   6977 		dsl_pool_sync(dp, txg);
   6978 
   6979 		if (pass < zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free) {
   6980 			spa_sync_frees(spa, free_bpl, tx);
   6981 		} else {
   6982 			/*
   6983 			 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
   6984 			 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
   6985 			 */
   6986 			ASSERT3U(pass, >, 1);
   6987 			bplist_iterate(free_bpl, bpobj_enqueue_cb,
   6988 			    &spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, tx);
   6989 		}
   6990 
   6991 		ddt_sync(spa, txg);
   6992 		dsl_scan_sync(dp, tx);
   6993 
   6994 		while (vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg))
   6995 			vdev_sync(vd, txg);
   6996 
   6997 		if (pass == 1) {
   6998 			spa_sync_upgrades(spa, tx);
   6999 			ASSERT3U(txg, >=,
   7000 			    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth);
   7001 			/*
   7002 			 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty
   7003 			 * because we could have marked the MOS dirty
   7004 			 * without updating the uberblock (e.g. if we
   7005 			 * have sync tasks but no dirty user data).  We
   7006 			 * need to check the uberblock's rootbp because
   7007 			 * it is updated if we have synced out dirty
   7008 			 * data (though in this case the MOS will most
   7009 			 * likely also be dirty due to second order
   7010 			 * effects, we don't want to rely on that here).
   7011 			 */
   7012 			if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth < txg &&
   7013 			    !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg)) {
   7014 				/*
   7015 				 * Nothing changed on the first pass,
   7016 				 * therefore this TXG is a no-op.  Avoid
   7017 				 * syncing deferred frees, so that we
   7018 				 * can keep this TXG as a no-op.
   7019 				 */
   7020 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets,
   7021 				    txg));
   7022 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
   7023 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_sync_tasks, txg));
   7024 				break;
   7025 			}
   7026 			spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa, tx);
   7027 		}
   7028 
   7029 	} while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg));
   7030 
   7031 	if (!list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
   7032 		/*
   7033 		 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
   7034 		 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
   7035 		 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
   7036 		 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
   7037 		 * spa_sync_config_object.
   7038 		 */
   7039 		uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count;
   7040 		ASSERT0(zap_count(spa->spa_meta_objset,
   7041 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count));
   7042 		ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev), ==,
   7043 		    all_vdev_zap_entry_count);
   7044 	}
   7045 
   7046 	/*
   7047 	 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock)
   7048 	 * to commit the transaction group.
   7049 	 *
   7050 	 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few
   7051 	 * random top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the
   7052 	 * config cache (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description).
   7053 	 * If there *are* dirty vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
   7054 	 */
   7055 	for (;;) {
   7056 		/*
   7057 		 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
   7058 		 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
   7059 		 */
   7060 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
   7061 
   7062 		if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
   7063 			vdev_t *svd[SPA_DVAS_PER_BP];
   7064 			int svdcount = 0;
   7065 			int children = rvd->vdev_children;
   7066 			int c0 = spa_get_random(children);
   7067 
   7068 			for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
   7069 				vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
   7070 				if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog)
   7071 					continue;
   7072 				svd[svdcount++] = vd;
   7073 				if (svdcount == SPA_DVAS_PER_BP)
   7074 					break;
   7075 			}
   7076 			error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, txg);
   7077 		} else {
   7078 			error = vdev_config_sync(rvd->vdev_child,
   7079 			    rvd->vdev_children, txg);
   7080 		}
   7081 
   7082 		if (error == 0)
   7083 			spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
   7084 
   7085 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
   7086 
   7087 		if (error == 0)
   7088 			break;
   7089 		zio_suspend(spa, NULL);
   7090 		zio_resume_wait(spa);
   7091 	}
   7092 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
   7093 
   7094 #ifdef illumos
   7095 	VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid, CY_INFINITY));
   7096 #endif	/* illumos */
   7097 #ifdef __FreeBSD__
   7098 #ifdef _KERNEL
   7099 	callout_drain(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid);
   7100 #endif
   7101 #endif	/* __FreeBSD__ */
   7102 #ifdef __NetBSD__
   7103 #ifdef _KERNEL
   7104 	callout_drain(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid);
   7105 #endif
   7106 #endif	/* __NetBSD__ */
   7107 
   7108 	/*
   7109 	 * Clear the dirty config list.
   7110 	 */
   7111 	while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) != NULL)
   7112 		vdev_config_clean(vd);
   7113 
   7114 	/*
   7115 	 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
   7116 	 * let it become visible to the config cache.
   7117 	 */
   7118 	if (spa->spa_config_syncing != NULL) {
   7119 		spa_config_set(spa, spa->spa_config_syncing);
   7120 		spa->spa_config_txg = txg;
   7121 		spa->spa_config_syncing = NULL;
   7122 	}
   7123 
   7124 	dsl_pool_sync_done(dp, txg);
   7125 
   7126 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_lock);
   7127 	VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_tree));
   7128 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_lock);
   7129 
   7130 	/*
   7131 	 * Update usable space statistics.
   7132 	 */
   7133 	while (vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, TXG_CLEAN(txg)))
   7134 		vdev_sync_done(vd, txg);
   7135 
   7136 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
   7137 
   7138 	/*
   7139 	 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
   7140 	 * since vdev_config_sync().
   7141 	 */
   7142 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg));
   7143 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
   7144 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg));
   7145 
   7146 	spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
   7147 
   7148 	/*
   7149 	 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
   7150 	 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
   7151 	 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
   7152 	 * that txg has been completed.
   7153 	 */
   7154 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
   7155 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
   7156 
   7157 	spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa);
   7158 
   7159 	/*
   7160 	 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
   7161 	 */
   7162 	spa_async_dispatch(spa);
   7163 	spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa);
   7164 }
   7165 
   7166 /*
   7167  * Sync all pools.  We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
   7168  * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
   7169  * sync.
   7170  */
   7171 void
   7172 spa_sync_allpools(void)
   7173 {
   7174 	spa_t *spa = NULL;
   7175 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   7176 	while ((spa = spa_next(spa)) != NULL) {
   7177 		if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
   7178 		    !spa_writeable(spa) || spa_suspended(spa))
   7179 			continue;
   7180 		spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
   7181 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   7182 		txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
   7183 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   7184 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
   7185 	}
   7186 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   7187 }
   7188 
   7189 /*
   7190  * ==========================================================================
   7191  * Miscellaneous routines
   7192  * ==========================================================================
   7193  */
   7194 
   7195 /*
   7196  * Remove all pools in the system.
   7197  */
   7198 void
   7199 spa_evict_all(void)
   7200 {
   7201 	spa_t *spa;
   7202 
   7203 	/*
   7204 	 * Remove all cached state.  All pools should be closed now,
   7205 	 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
   7206 	 */
   7207 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   7208 	while ((spa = spa_next(NULL)) != NULL) {
   7209 		/*
   7210 		 * Stop async tasks.  The async thread may need to detach
   7211 		 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
   7212 		 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
   7213 		 */
   7214 		spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
   7215 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   7216 		spa_async_suspend(spa);
   7217 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
   7218 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
   7219 
   7220 		if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
   7221 			spa_unload(spa);
   7222 			spa_deactivate(spa);
   7223 		}
   7224 		spa_remove(spa);
   7225 	}
   7226 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
   7227 }
   7228 
   7229 vdev_t *
   7230 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t aux)
   7231 {
   7232 	vdev_t *vd;
   7233 	int i;
   7234 
   7235 	if ((vd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa->spa_root_vdev, guid)) != NULL)
   7236 		return (vd);
   7237 
   7238 	if (aux) {
   7239 		for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
   7240 			vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i];
   7241 			if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
   7242 				return (vd);
   7243 		}
   7244 
   7245 		for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
   7246 			vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
   7247 			if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
   7248 				return (vd);
   7249 		}
   7250 	}
   7251 
   7252 	return (NULL);
   7253 }
   7254 
   7255 void
   7256 spa_upgrade(spa_t *spa, uint64_t version)
   7257 {
   7258 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
   7259 
   7260 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
   7261 
   7262 	/*
   7263 	 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
   7264 	 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
   7265 	 * possible.
   7266 	 */
   7267 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version));
   7268 	ASSERT3U(version, >=, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
   7269 
   7270 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
   7271 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
   7272 
   7273 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
   7274 
   7275 	txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
   7276 }
   7277 
   7278 boolean_t
   7279 spa_has_spare(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid)
   7280 {
   7281 	int i;
   7282 	uint64_t spareguid;
   7283 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
   7284 
   7285 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
   7286 		if (sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid == guid)
   7287 			return (B_TRUE);
   7288 
   7289 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_npending; i++) {
   7290 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav->sav_pending[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
   7291 		    &spareguid) == 0 && spareguid == guid)
   7292 			return (B_TRUE);
   7293 	}
   7294 
   7295 	return (B_FALSE);
   7296 }
   7297 
   7298 /*
   7299  * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
   7300  * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
   7301  */
   7302 static boolean_t
   7303 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa)
   7304 {
   7305 	int i, refcnt;
   7306 	uint64_t pool;
   7307 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
   7308 
   7309 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
   7310 		if (spa_spare_exists(sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid, &pool,
   7311 		    &refcnt) && pool != 0ULL && pool == spa_guid(spa) &&
   7312 		    refcnt > 2)
   7313 			return (B_TRUE);
   7314 	}
   7315 
   7316 	return (B_FALSE);
   7317 }
   7318 
   7319 static sysevent_t *
   7320 spa_event_create(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, const char *name)
   7321 {
   7322 	sysevent_t		*ev = NULL;
   7323 #ifdef _KERNEL
   7324 	sysevent_attr_list_t	*attr = NULL;
   7325 	sysevent_value_t	value;
   7326 
   7327 	ev = sysevent_alloc(EC_ZFS, (char *)name, SUNW_KERN_PUB "zfs",
   7328 	    SE_SLEEP);
   7329 	ASSERT(ev != NULL);
   7330 
   7331 	value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
   7332 	value.value.sv_string = spa_name(spa);
   7333 	if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_NAME, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
   7334 		goto done;
   7335 
   7336 	value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
   7337 	value.value.sv_uint64 = spa_guid(spa);
   7338 	if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_GUID, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
   7339 		goto done;
   7340 
   7341 	if (vd) {
   7342 		value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
   7343 		value.value.sv_uint64 = vd->vdev_guid;
   7344 		if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_GUID, &value,
   7345 		    SE_SLEEP) != 0)
   7346 			goto done;
   7347 
   7348 		if (vd->vdev_path) {
   7349 			value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
   7350 			value.value.sv_string = vd->vdev_path;
   7351 			if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_PATH,
   7352 			    &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
   7353 				goto done;
   7354 		}
   7355 	}
   7356 
   7357 	if (sysevent_attach_attributes(ev, attr) != 0)
   7358 		goto done;
   7359 	attr = NULL;
   7360 
   7361 done:
   7362 	if (attr)
   7363 		sysevent_free_attr(attr);
   7364 
   7365 #endif
   7366 	return (ev);
   7367 }
   7368 
   7369 static void
   7370 spa_event_post(sysevent_t *ev)
   7371 {
   7372 #ifdef _KERNEL
   7373 	sysevent_id_t		eid;
   7374 
   7375 	(void) log_sysevent(ev, SE_SLEEP, &eid);
   7376 	sysevent_free(ev);
   7377 #endif
   7378 }
   7379 
   7380 /*
   7381  * Post a sysevent corresponding to the given event.  The 'name' must be one of
   7382  * the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h.  The payload will be
   7383  * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev.  This doesn't do anything
   7384  * in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
   7385  * or zdb as real changes.
   7386  */
   7387 void
   7388 spa_event_notify(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, const char *name)
   7389 {
   7390 	spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa, vd, name));
   7391 }
   7392